464
eNodeB V100R005C00 Commissioning Guide Issue 04 Date 2012-06-29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeBV100R005C00

Commissioning Guide

Issue 04

Date 2012-06-29

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 3: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

About This Document

PurposeThis document describes how to commission an eNodeB after the eNodeB is successfullyinstalled and configured to verify that the eNodeB works properly as designed. The eNodeBsupports three commissioning modes: M2000-based remote commissioning, USB-based localcommissioning+M2000-based remote commissioning, and LMT-based local commissioning.

Product VersionsThe following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Product Version

DBS3900 LTE V100R005C00

DBS3900 LTE TDD V100R005C00

BTS3900 LTE V100R005C00

BTS3900A LTE V100R005C00

BTS3900L LTE V100R005C00

BTS3900AL LTE V100R005C00

Intended AudienceThis document is intended for:

l eNodeB installation engineersl Field engineers

eNodeBCommissioning Guide About This Document

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

Page 4: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Organization1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

This chapter describes the changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide.

2 Commissioning Mode

The eNodeB supports the following commissioning modes: PnP remote commissioning, localcommissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on theLMT. Each commissioning mode can be applied to the scenario where the SeGW is deployedand the scenario where no SeGW is deployed. In the security scenario, PnP remotecommissioning is classified into PnP remote commissioning in unified encryption mode andPnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode; local commissioning using a USBflash drive is classified into local commissioning using a USB flash drive in unified encryptionmode and local commissioning using a USB flash drive in differentiated encryption mode. Youcan select a commissioning mode based on site conditions. PnP remote commissioning isrecommended.

3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

This chapter describes the following procedures when no security gateway (SeGW) is deployed:eNodeB automatic discovery, plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning, local commissioningusing a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on the LMT.

4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

This chapter describes the following procedures when the SeGW is deployed in the network:eNodeB automatic discovery, PnP remote commissioning in unified encryption mode, PnPremote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode, local commissioning using a USBflash drive in unified encryption mode, local commissioning using a USB flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode, and local commissioning on the LMT.

5 Appendix

This chapter describes how to encrypt files in a Universal Serial Bus (USB) storage device andprovides the eNodeB commissioning data sheet.

6 FAQ

This chapter describes some common problems and solutions during commissioning.

ConventionsSymbol Conventions

The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if notavoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, whichif not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide About This Document

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 5: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if notavoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,performance degradation, or unexpected results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or savetime.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.

General Conventions

The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are inboldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are inCourier New.

Command Conventions

The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of allitems can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide About This Document

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

Page 6: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

GUI Conventions

The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titlesare in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations

The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A meansthe two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations

The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without movingthe pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously andquickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move thepointer to a certain position.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide About This Document

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 7: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide............................................................................1

2 Commissioning Mode..................................................................................................................6

3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)...................................................93.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (Without the SeGW)..................................................................103.2 PnP Remote Commissioning (Without the SeGW)..........................................................................................12

3.2.1 Commissioning Procedure.......................................................................................................................123.2.2 Preparations.............................................................................................................................................153.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................293.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task...............................................................................................313.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.......................................................................................................343.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion..................................................................................383.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000...................................................................393.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000...............................................................................423.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...............................................473.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................503.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.............................................................................................513.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode..................................................................................................523.2.13 References to eNodeB Commissioning.................................................................................................53

3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive (Without the SeGW)...........................................................623.3.1 Commissioning Procedure.......................................................................................................................623.3.2 Preparations.............................................................................................................................................653.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data Configuration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive.................................................................................................................................................................683.3.4 Uploading Data Files...............................................................................................................................723.3.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................823.3.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task...............................................................................................843.3.7 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.......................................................................................................873.3.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion..................................................................................913.3.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000...................................................................923.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000.............................................................................953.3.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...........................................100

eNodeBCommissioning Guide Contents

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

Page 8: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.3.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................1033.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................1043.3.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................1053.3.15 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................106

3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)...............................................................................1153.4.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................1153.4.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................1183.4.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data Configuration File on the LMT...........1213.4.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT....................................................1243.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT................................................................................1243.4.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the LMT................................................1303.4.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................1323.4.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT...........................................................................................1333.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT..................................................................1333.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................1343.4.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB...............................................................1353.4.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................138

4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW).....................................................1394.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (with the SeGW)......................................................................1424.2 PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)...............................................150

4.2.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................1504.2.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................1534.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task...........................................................................................1754.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................1774.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.....................................................................................................1804.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion................................................................................1844.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.................................................................1854.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000.............................................................................1894.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000.............................................1934.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................1964.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................1974.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................1984.2.13 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................199

4.3 PnP Remote Commissioning in Differentiated Encryption Mode (with the SeGW).....................................2084.3.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................2084.3.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................2114.3.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task...........................................................................................2294.3.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................2324.3.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.....................................................................................................2354.3.6 Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate Manually (with PKI)........................................................2394.3.7 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion................................................................................2434.3.8 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.................................................................244

eNodeBCommissioning Guide Contents

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Page 9: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.3.9 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000.............................................................................2484.3.10 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...........................................2524.3.11 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................2554.3.12 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................2564.3.13 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................2574.3.14 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................258

4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive in Unified Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)................2674.4.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................2674.4.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................2704.4.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data Configuration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive...............................................................................................................................................................2814.4.4 Uploading Data Files.............................................................................................................................2854.4.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task...........................................................................................2954.4.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................2974.4.7 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.....................................................................................................3004.4.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion................................................................................3044.4.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.................................................................3054.4.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000...........................................................................3084.4.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...........................................3134.4.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................3164.4.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................3174.4.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................3184.4.15 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................319

4.5 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive in Differentiated Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)..............................................................................................................................................................................328

4.5.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................3284.5.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................3314.5.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data Configuration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive...............................................................................................................................................................3374.5.4 Uploading Data Files.............................................................................................................................3414.5.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task...........................................................................................3514.5.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................3534.5.7 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.....................................................................................................3564.5.8 Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate Manually (with PKI)........................................................3604.5.9 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion................................................................................3654.5.10 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000...............................................................3654.5.11 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000...........................................................................3694.5.12 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...........................................3734.5.13 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................3774.5.14 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................3784.5.15 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................3794.5.16 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................379

4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW).....................................................................................388

eNodeBCommissioning Guide Contents

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

Page 10: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.6.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................3884.6.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................3914.6.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data Configuration File on the LMT...........3984.6.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT....................................................4014.6.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT................................................................................4024.6.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the LMT................................................4084.6.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................4104.6.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT...........................................................................................4114.6.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT..................................................................4114.6.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................4124.6.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB...............................................................4134.6.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................415

5 Appendix.....................................................................................................................................4175.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code Scanner..................................................................................................418

5.1.1 Printing a Bar Code on the M2000........................................................................................................4185.1.2 Setting a Bar Code Scanner...................................................................................................................4215.1.3 Binding the eNodeB by Scanning a Bar Code......................................................................................423

5.2 Triggering Monitoring Device Alarms...........................................................................................................4245.2.1 Triggering PMU Alarms........................................................................................................................4245.2.2 Triggering FMU Alarms........................................................................................................................4305.2.3 Triggering TCU Alarms........................................................................................................................4325.2.4 Triggering EMU Alarms.......................................................................................................................434

5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators...................................................................................................................4365.4 Configuring the Default Configuration File...................................................................................................4425.5 Encrypting Files in the USB Flash Drive.......................................................................................................4425.6 Data Sheet for eNodeB Commissioning.........................................................................................................445

6 FAQ.............................................................................................................................................. 4506.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash Drive.........................................................................................................4516.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash Drive................................................................................................4526.3 Failing to Activate the Software.....................................................................................................................4536.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the Default Configuration File.................................................453

eNodeBCommissioning Guide Contents

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Page 11: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

This chapter describes the changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide.

04 (2012-06-29)

This is the fourth official release.

Compared with issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following newinformation.

Topic Change Description

4.3.6 Obtaining an Operator's DeviceCertificate Manually (with PKI)

Added the procedure for manually obtainingoperators' certificates.

Compared with issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the followingchanges.

Topic Change Description

l 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures(Without the SeGW)

l 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures(with the SeGW)

Modified the document organization byseparating the commissioning procedures forscenarios with the SeGW and without theSeGW, and separating the commissioningprocedures in unified encryption mode and indifferentiated encryption for the scenariowith the SeGW.

The following information in issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue:

l Deleted the section "Obtaining the Common Configuration File."

03 (2012-05-11)

This is the third official release.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

Page 12: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Compared with issue 02 (2012-04-28) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following newinformation.

Topic Change Description

l 5.4 Configuring the DefaultConfiguration File

l 6.4 Failing to Download the SoftwareBased on the Default ConfigurationFile

Added sections on obtaining the commonconfiguration file, configuring the defaultconfiguration file and failing to download thesoftware based on the default configurationfile.

Compared with issue 02 (2012-04-28) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any changesor delete any information.

02 (2012-04-28)This is the second official release.

Compared with issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any newinformation.

Compared with issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the followingchanges.

Topic Change Description

l 4.1 Overview of eNodeB AutomaticDiscovery (with the SeGW)

l 3.3.3 Downloading and Activating theSoftware, Data Configuration File, andLicense File Using a USB Flash Drive

l 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicatorsl Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local

Commissioningl 5.5 Encrypting Files in the USB Flash

Drivel Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local

Commissioning

Optimized the description.

The following information in issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue:l Obtaining the Common Configuration File

01 (2012-03-30)This is the first official release.

Compared with draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following newinformation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

Page 13: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Topic Change Description

5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators Added the descriptions of ACT indicator onthe main control board.

l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for LocalCommissioning

l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for LocalCommissioning

Added the description of downloading theboard software by using default configurationfile.

3.3.3 Downloading and Activating theSoftware, Data Configuration File, andLicense File Using a USB Flash Drive

Added the figure of the USB port on UMPTand the method of downloading the LMTcomplete package by using a USB flash drivewhen the LMPT is used.

Compared with draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any changes.

The following information in draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue.

Topic Change Description

l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning(Without the SeGW)

l 4.2 PnP Remote Commissioning inUnified Encryption Mode (with theSeGW)

l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive (Without the SeGW)

l 4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive in Unified EncryptionMode (with the SeGW)

l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)

l 4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW)

Deleted the procedure for comparing thelicense and configuration data in thecommissioning.

Draft B (2012-02-15)

This is draft B.

Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following newinformation.

Topic Change Description

6 FAQ Added "FAQ."

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

Page 14: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the followingchanges.

Topic Change Description

l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning(Without the SeGW)

l 4.2 PnP Remote Commissioning inUnified Encryption Mode (with theSeGW)

l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive (Without the SeGW)

l 4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive in Unified EncryptionMode (with the SeGW)

l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)

l 4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW)

Separated the description of remotecommissioning on the M2000, localcommissioning using a USB flash drive+remote commissioning on the M2000, andlocal commissioning on the LMT with theSeGW and those without the SeGW.

3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMALMode

Changed "Setting eNodeB State" to"Restoring the eNodeB to the Normal State"and changed the operation procedure.

Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue has no information deleted.

Draft A (2012-01-10)This is draft A.

Compared with issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00, this issue includes the following newinformation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

Page 15: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Topic Change Description

l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning(Without the SeGW)

l 4.2 PnP Remote Commissioning inUnified Encryption Mode (with theSeGW)

l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive (Without the SeGW)

l 4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USBFlash Drive in Unified EncryptionMode (with the SeGW)

l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)

l 4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW)

Added the procedure for comparing thelicense and configuration data in allcommissioning scenarios.

3.3.3 Downloading and Activating theSoftware, Data Configuration File, andLicense File Using a USB Flash Drive

Added the procedure for activating thelicense file using the USB flash drive.

Preparing a USB Flash Drive for LocalCommissioning

3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMALMode

Added the procedure for querying theeNodeB state.

Compared with issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00, this issue includes the followingchange.

Topic Change Description

3.3.3 Downloading and Activating theSoftware, Data Configuration File, andLicense File Using a USB Flash Drive

Changed the description of downloading theLMT complete package using the USB flashdrive.

The following information in issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00 is deleted from this issue.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

Page 16: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

2 Commissioning Mode

The eNodeB supports the following commissioning modes: PnP remote commissioning, localcommissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on theLMT. Each commissioning mode can be applied to the scenario where the SeGW is deployedand the scenario where no SeGW is deployed. In the security scenario, PnP remotecommissioning is classified into PnP remote commissioning in unified encryption mode andPnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode; local commissioning using a USBflash drive is classified into local commissioning using a USB flash drive in unified encryptionmode and local commissioning using a USB flash drive in differentiated encryption mode. Youcan select a commissioning mode based on site conditions. PnP remote commissioning isrecommended.

Prerequisitesl Requirements for the device status and commissioning environment are described as

follows:– All hardware devices and cables have been properly installed. For details, see related

installation guides, which can be obtained at http://support.huawei.com/.– The eNodeB has passed a hardware check before power-on.– Before remote commissioning on the M2000, you have installed the mediation software

matching the target version of the eNodeB to be commissioned on the M2000 server.l Requirements for the network are described as follows:

The eNodeB is connected to the mobility management entity (MME) or serving gateway(S-GW) in the evolved packet core (EPC), and the MME or S-GW is configured with theinterconnection data required for commissioning and can provide the basic functions of theEPC.

l Requirements for data configuration are described as follows:Based on live network and eNodeB design requirements, the eNodeB configuration dataare configured using the configuration management express (CME) or man-machinelanguage (MML) command. For details, see eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide.

Application ScenarioTable 2-1 lists the application description for each commissioning scenario.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 2 Commissioning Mode

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

Page 17: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 2-1 Application description for commissioning scenarios

CommissioningMode

Application Scenario

PnP remotecommissioning(without the SeGW)

l The operation and maintenance (OM) channel between theeNodeB and the M2000 works properly.

l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime greater thanor equal to 1 hour.

l No SeGW is deployed in the network.

Local commissioningusing a USB flashdrive (without theSeGW)

l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and theM2000.

l A USB flash drive is available.l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1

hour.l No SeGW is deployed in the network.

Local commissioningon the LMT (withoutthe SeGW)

l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and theM2000.

l The USB flash drive is unavailable or damaged, or eNodeBdeployment using the USB flash drive fails.

l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1hour.

l No SeGW is deployed in the network.

PnP remotecommissioning inunified encryptionmode (with theSeGW)

l The operation and maintenance (OM) channel between theeNodeB and the M2000 works properly.

l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime greater thanor equal to 1 hour.

l The SeGW is deployed in the network. A public Dynamic HostConfiguration Protocol (DHCP) server is available and itsupports option43.

l The eNodeB and the M2000 belong to different domains. TheeNodeB communicates with the M2000 through the SeGW.

PnP remotecommissioning indifferentiatedencryption mode(with the SeGW)

l The operation and maintenance (OM) channel between theeNodeB and the M2000 works properly.

l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime greater thanor equal to 1 hour.

l The SeGW is deployed in the network.l The eNodeB and the M2000 belong to the same domain. The

eNodeB can communicate with the M2000 without the SeGW.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 2 Commissioning Mode

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

Page 18: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

CommissioningMode

Application Scenario

Local commissioningusing a USB flashdrive in unifiedencryption mode(with the SeGW)

l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and theM2000.

l A USB flash drive is available.l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1

hour.l The SeGW is deployed in the network. A public Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server is available and itsupports option43.

l The eNodeB and the M2000 belong to different domains. TheeNodeB communicates with the M2000 through the SeGW.

Local commissioningusing a USB flashdrive indifferentiatedencryption mode(with the SeGW)

l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and theM2000.

l A USB flash drive is available.l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1

hour.l The SeGW is deployed in the network.l The eNodeB and the M2000 belong to the same domain. The

eNodeB can communicate with the M2000 without the SeGW.

Local commissioningon the LMT (with theSeGW)

l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and theM2000.

l The USB flash drive is unavailable or damaged, or eNodeBdeployment using the USB flash drive fails.

l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1hour.

l The SeGW is deployed in the network.

CAUTIONIf you select the local commissioning, ensure that you have all required items, such as a laptop,the software package of the target version, the license file, a USB flash drive and referencedocuments before starting commissioning. For details about the required items, see the sectionon preparations for the commissioning mode used.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 2 Commissioning Mode

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

Page 19: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures(Without the SeGW)

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the following procedures when no security gateway (SeGW) is deployed:eNodeB automatic discovery, plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning, local commissioningusing a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on the LMT.

3.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (Without the SeGW)During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery. This process does not require manualintervention.

3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning (Without the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB when no SeGW is deployed in the network, you need to enable theplug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurredduring automatic commissioning are rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete,the eNodeB can work properly.

3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive (Without the SeGW)To perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive when no SeGW is deployed,you need to upgrade the eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal SerialBus (USB) flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, createan eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.

3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need toupgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna linedevices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish theoperation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

Page 20: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (Without theSeGW)

During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery. This process does not require manualintervention.

Introduction to the Automatic Discovery Process

Automatic discovery is a process during which the eNodeB is powered on and sets up an OMchannel with the M2000 after the hardware is installed.

If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are deployed on different network segments, you need toconfigure the router closest to the eNodeB on the path between the eNodeB and the M2000server as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay. The IP address of the DHCPserver for the M2000 is used as the DHCP relay address.

NOTEIf the M2000 server is deployed by using Server Load-Sharing (SLS), the previous IP address of the M2000DHCP server refers to the IP address of the master M2000 server.

eNodeB Automatic Discovery Process

The eNodeB automatic discovery process varies according to the commissioning scenario.

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During PnP Remote Commissioning

Figure 3-1 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. The eNodeB performs power on self-test (POST).2. The eNodeB learns virtual local area networks (VLANs) and obtains VLAN IDs (in VLAN

networking scenarios).3. The eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the DHCP server provided by the M2000 to obtain

the information, such as OM IP address, OM IP mask, IP address of the M2000, and IPmask of the M2000.

4. The eNodeB sets up an OM channel with the M2000 after receiving a response to the DHCPrequest from the M2000.

5. The eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files fromthe M2000.

NOTE

l When the M2000 server is deployed by using SLS, if you want to create an eNodeB on the masterserver, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the master server; if if you want to createan eNodeB on the slave server, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the slave server.

l Check DHCP message in the following ways:

l Log in to the LMT and create a PnP tracing task on the LMT. For details, see eNodeB LMT UserGuide.

l Log in to the M2000 client, choose Configuration > DHCP Configuration Management. TheDHCP Configuration Management tab page is displayed. In the Server Information area onthe DHCP Configuration Management tab page, check the DHCP message.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

Page 21: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-1 eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive

Figure 3-2 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.2. The eNodeB performs power on self-test (POST).3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USB

flash drive, and then automatically resets.4. The eNodeB sets up an OM link with the M2000.

Figure 3-2 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drive

Figure 3-3 shows a typical commissioning scenario without the SeGW deployed in the network.The eNodeB, mobility management entity (MME), serving gateway (SGW), and M2000 candirectly communicate with each other.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

Page 22: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-3 Commissioning scenario with the SeGW

3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning (Without the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB when no SeGW is deployed in the network, you need to enable theplug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurredduring automatic commissioning are rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete,the eNodeB can work properly.

3.2.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform plug and play (PnP) remote eNodeB commissioning whenno security gateway (SeGW) is deployed.

Figure 3-4 shows the procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning when no SeGW isdeployed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

Page 23: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-4 Procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning when no SeGW is deployed

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

Page 24: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 3-1 Commissioning procedure

Step

Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for remote eNodeB commissioning using the PnP,which involves obtaining eNodeB information andcommissioning tools, and obtaining the eNodeB softwareand files required for automatic deployment. For details, see3.2.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 3.2.3 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.

Mandatory

3 Start the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 3.2.4 Starting an eNodeB CommissioningTask.

Mandatory

4 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 3.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.

Mandatory

5 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 3.2.6Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

6 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the eNodeBoperating status, and rectify the faults indicated in theeNodeB commissioning report if any. For details, see 3.2.7Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on theM2000.

Mandatory

7 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 3.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

8 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 3.2.9 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

9 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs on theM2000. RRU and RFU are short for remote radio unit andradio frequency unit, respectively. For details, see 3.2.10Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs orRFUs.

Optional

10 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see3.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

Page 25: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step

Operation Mandatory/Optional

11 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.2.12 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

3.2.2 PreparationsTo commission an eNodeB in PnP remote commissioning mode when the security gateway(SeGW) is not deployed, you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioningtools, and upload the required files.

ContextFigure 3-5 shows the procedure for preparing for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning when noSeGW is deployed.

Figure 3-5 Procedure for preparing for PnP remote commissioning when the SeGW is notdeployed

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

Page 26: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Obtaining eNodeB Information and Commissioning ToolsBefore PnP remote eNodeB commissioning, you must obtain eNodeB information andcommissioning tools.

Procedure

Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Information related to the eNodeB

Item Source or Remarks

eNodeB name Planned by the operator.

eNodeB ID Planned by the operator.

eNodeB electronicserial number (ESN)NOTE

The ESN information isoptional and it iscollected only inscenarios where theESN is used to bind theeNodeB.

ESN identifies an NE uniquely. During network deployment, theinstallation engineer reports the mapping relationship between thelocation of each site and the ESN to the staff at the maintenancecenter.The ESN is attached to the baseband unit (BBU) in the followingtwo ways:l If the fan module on the BBU is not attached with a label, the

ESN is printed on the mounting ear of the BBU, as shown inFigure 3-6. Record the ESN and the site information and thenreport them to the operation and maintenance (OM) personnel.

l If the fan module on the BBU is attached with a label, the ESNis printed on the label of the fan module and the mounting ear ofthe BBU, as shown in Figure 3-7. You must remove the label torecord the site information on the side labeled Site on the label.Then, report the information to the OM personnel.

Figure 3-6 Location of the ESN (I)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

Page 27: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-7 Location of the ESN (II)

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000, as described in Table3-3.

Table 3-3 Tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000

Tool Description

Testing UE The testing UE is functional and is registered in the home subscriberserver (HSS).

----End

Preparing an eNodeB Deployment ListYou need to prepare an eNodeB deployment list before uploading relevant data files.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client if you need to export the eNodeB deployment list

from the M2000 client.l You have obtained planned data for eNodeB deployment from network planning engineers.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the deployment list.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

Page 28: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Option Description

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the CME

If the CME has been deployed and you have initially configured theeNodeB on the CME, it is recommended that you use the CME to exportthe eNodeB deployment list. For detailed operations, see Exporting AutoDeployment Configuration Files in M2000 Help.

Obtain and open the exported deployment list. Check whether the softwareversion, cold patch, and hot patch are consistent with planned ones. If theyare inconsistent, you need to change them as planned. In addition, you needto enter other relevant data.

NOTEThe deployment list must be exported from the CME V200R012C00 or laterreleases.

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the M2000client

If the CME has not been deployed, you can export the eNodeB deploymentlist from the eNodeB Auto Deployment window on the M2000 client.

1. Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB AutoDeployment from the main menu of the Configuration > AutoDeployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeB AutoDeployment window is displayed.

2. Click . The Save dialog box is displayed.3. Specify a save path and click OK.4. Open the exported deployment list and enter or modify relevant data

based on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planningengineers.

NOTEl An eNodeB deployment list is in CSV format and its default name is

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_List.csv. You can enter or modify relevant databased on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planning engineersby referring to Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

l If there is a commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportthe available deployment list and modify it based on the planned data.

l If there is no commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportan empty deployment list and enter information based on the planned data.

Before the deployment, check whether the planned target version is consistent with the targetversion in the deployment list.l If they are consistent, use this deployment list to proceed with the deployment.l If they are inconsistent, change the target version in the deployment list to the planned target

version. The following uses eNodeB commissioning as an example.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPCXXX, edit the eNodeB Software

Version field.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPHXXX, edit the eNodeB Hot Patch

Version field. In the eNodeB Software Version field, you must enter the correspondingV100R003C00SPCXXX.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

Page 29: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l XXX consists of three digits, indicating the version number.

l Currently, the parameter for the cold patch version in the deployment list is not used.

l When you manually fill out or modify the deployment list, ensure that all the characters you enterare valid. The base station commissioning may fail if you enter invalid characters such as comma(,) and quotation mark (") or press Enter during deployment list modification.

----End

Uploading Data Files

Upload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

l Prepare for the commissioning.

Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.

The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 3-4.

Table 3-4 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

Page 30: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

File Type Save Path

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

Page 31: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

Page 32: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

Page 33: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

Page 34: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

Page 35: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

Page 36: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

Page 37: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

Page 38: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

Page 39: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.

l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan thearea to which the eNodeB belongs.

l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you needto configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.

– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to theDHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step ismandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

Page 40: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.

l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.

l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server toan IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:

l Common Connection: default connection mode.

l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

Page 41: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

3.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 3-5.

Table 3-5 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

Page 42: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

Page 43: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

Page 44: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

3.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

Page 45: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB Alarms

This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of thecommissioning has not yet been confirmed.

Context

The alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarmsby object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

Page 46: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.

1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.

2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason AndAdvice.

3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis

This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioningtasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

Page 47: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.

1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specificalarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

Context

For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 3-6.

Table 3-6 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

Page 48: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Operation

Description

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

3.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

Procedure

Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

Page 49: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

3.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning Reports

This section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

Context

The exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming convention

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

Page 50: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report

This section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

Context

Table 3-7 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 3-7 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarms Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

Page 51: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

NOTEThis item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

Page 52: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

ProcedureStep 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine the

eNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

3.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

Page 53: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data

configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

Page 54: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

Page 55: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000

This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.

l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.

l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeBand the M2000 server.

Context

l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.

l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.

l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.

l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

Page 56: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

Page 57: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parametersincludes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The

Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-8.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

Page 58: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-8 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm

Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. Ifsaving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 3-9.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

Page 59: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 3-9 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-10.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

Figure 3-10 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,

and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

Page 60: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environmentalarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

3.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

Page 61: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

3.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

Page 62: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.

l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.

l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

Page 63: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

3.2.13 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

Main WindowFigure 3-11 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 3-8 describes thewindow.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

Page 64: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-11 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 3-8 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

Page 65: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window

Figure 3-12 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 3-9describes the window.

Figure 3-12 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 3-9 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

Page 66: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Window for Uploading Data FilesFigure 3-13 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 3-10 describes the window.

Figure 3-13 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 3-10 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 3-11 provides the meanings of the parameters.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

Page 67: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 3-11.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 3-11 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

Page 68: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

Page 69: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

Page 70: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

Page 71: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

Page 72: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive (Withoutthe SeGW)

To perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive when no SeGW is deployed,you need to upgrade the eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal SerialBus (USB) flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, createan eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.

3.3.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform local eNodeB commissioning using a Universal SerialBus (USB) flash drive when no security gateway (SeGW) is deployed.

Figure 3-14 shows the procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drivewhen no SeGW is deployed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

Page 73: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-14 Procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive when no SeGWis deployed

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

Page 74: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEYou can insert the USB flash drive before or after the eNodeB is powered on. The figure takes insertingthe USB flash drive after the eNodeB is powered on as an example.

Table 3-12 Commissioning procedure

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for local eNodeB commissioning using a USBflash drive, which involves obtaining the eNodeBinformation and commissioning tools, and obtaining files.For details, see 3.3.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Localoperations

Download and activate the eNodeB software and dataconfiguration files using a USB flash drive. For details, see3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive.

Mandatory

3 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,upload the software and files required for M2000-basedremote commissioning, including a cold patch, a hot patch,software for remote electrical tilt (RET) antennas, and acommissioning license file. For details, see 3.3.4Uploading Data Files.

Optional

4 Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 3.3.5 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.NOTE

If eNodeB software and data configuration files are alreadyupgraded using a USB flash drive onsite, right-click a deploymentlist imported to the M2000 and choose Task Settings from theshortcut menu. In the displayed Task Settings dialog box, clearthe Download Software, Download Configuration, and Activecheck boxes to skip these steps during the commissioning.

Mandatory

5 Start the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 3.3.6 Starting an eNodeB CommissioningTask.

Mandatory

6 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.For details, see 3.3.7 Monitoring eNodeBCommissioning.

Mandatory

7 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 3.3.8Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

Page 75: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

8 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the eNodeBoperating status, and rectify the faults, if any, indicated inthe eNodeB commissioning report. For details, see 3.3.9Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on theM2000.

Mandatory

9 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 3.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

10 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 3.3.11 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

11 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRUand RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequencyunit, respectively. For details, see 3.3.12 Setting theMaximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.

Optional

12 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see3.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

13 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.3.14 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

3.3.2 PreparationsTo perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive when no security gateway(SeGW) is deployed in the network, you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtaincommissioning tools, and save the required files to the USB flash drive.

Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local CommissioningBefore commissioning an eNodeB using a USB flash drive locally, you need to save the requiredfiles in the specified directory in the USB flash drive.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

Page 76: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB software package and data configuration file are available.l The commissioning license is ready if you need to load and activate the license file using

the USB flash drive.l The USB flash drive and commissioning files have been scanned by using the antivirus

software and no virus was detected. The commissioning files include the software package,data configuration file, and license file.

ContextThe security of the USB port is ensured by encryption.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive, as describedin Table 3-13.

Table 3-13 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive

Tool Description

USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicatesthe data transmission status.

l Capacity ≥ 256 MBl Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,

such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. Inaddition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smartphone.

l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used forother purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those withChinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.

Step 2 Obtain the eNodeB software and files for automatic eNodeB deployment.

NOTE

l The eNodeB software package is ready, and can be downloaded from http://support.huawei.com.The default configuration file (Precfg.ini) is provided in the software package.

l The name of the data configuration file must be CFGDATA.XML. The file name is case-sensitive.Perform configurations according to eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide, change the name of the dataconfiguration file from M2000.XML to CFGDATA.XML, and save the file to a local computer.

Step 3 Save the required files to the following paths of the USB flash drive, depending on the specificscenarios, shown in Table 3-14. (The save path is case-sensitive and cannot be changed.)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

Page 77: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If only one data configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML. If several data configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several newESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path is usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML. The eNodeB preferentially reads the data configuration file in the ESNfolder.

l If you want to load BootROM version during the eNodeB deployment, save the BootROM package(FIRMWARE.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package (SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l If you want to load a hot or cold patch during the eNodeB deployment, save the patch package(SWCPATCH.CSP or SWHPATCH.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package(SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l When you save the software package, save the software version file, that is, the .CSP file to usb:\eNodeB\Software\.

l The default configuration file is used to download the files for the boards not configured yet. For detailsabout how to configure the default configuration file, see 5.4 Configuring the Default ConfigurationFile.

l If only one default configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini. Ifseveral default configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several new ESN folders and savethe data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path is usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini. The eNodeB preferentially reads the default configuration file in the ESN folder.

l Only one license file is allowed in the folder that contains the license file, and the value of ESN must beANY.

Table 3-14 Mappings between the files and the specified file paths in the USB flash drive

File Specified File Path in the USB Flash Drive

BootROM software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

eNodeB software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Cold patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Hot patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Data configuration file usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML

License file usb:\eNodeB\License\

Default configuration file usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini

Step 4 (Optional) Encrypt files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 Encrypting Files in theUSB Flash Drive.

Step 5 Perform integrity protection for files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 EncryptingFiles in the USB Flash Drive.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

Page 78: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB Flash Drive

The eNodeB automatically downloads the software, data configuration file and license file fromthe USB flash drive. After the download is complete, the eNodeB automatically activates thesoftware, data configuration file, and the license file. Then, the eNodeB is reset.

Prerequisitesl A USB flash drive is ready. The required files are saved in the USB flash drive.l The hardware such as remote radio units (RRUs) and LTE baseband processing units

(LBBPs) have been properly connected.

CAUTIONWhen you save the required files into the USB flash drive, ensure that the locking switch on theUSB flash drive is disabled. In other words, the USB flash drive must be writable.

ContextBefore downloading files from a USB flash drive, the eNodeB verifies the names and formatsof the files.

Before downloading the software and data configuration file, the eNodeB automatically checksthe working mode of the RRU. Then, the eNodeB downloads and activates the correspondingsoftware and data configuration file based on the working mode of the RRU.

You must pay attention to the following points when you download and activate the software,data configuration file, and license file using the USB flash drive:l If the software and data configuration file in the USB flash drive are already activated, they

cannot be reactivated for the same eNodeB because of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC)function. The CRC function can prevent the software and data configuration file from beingreactivated when the USB flash drive is always inserted into the eNodeB. The CRC functioncan also prevent the eNodeB from being reset again after eNodeB deployment using theUSB flash drive.

l If the USB flash drive contains only the eNodeB software and data configuration file, theeNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software, and then downloads and activatesthe data configuration file.

l If the eNodeB software or data configuration file is missing in the USB flash drive, theeNodeB performs the following steps:– If the software is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the data configuration

file and license file except the software.– If the data configuration file is missing, the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum

configuration of the target version and downloads and activates the license file exceptthe data configuration file.

– If the license file is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the software and dataconfiguration file except the license file.

l If the eNodeB software upgrade fails, the eNodeB will roll back to the source version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

Page 79: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l Before downloading and activating the data configuration file, the eNodeB does not checkthe compatibility between the data configuration file and the eNodeB software version. TheeNodeB performs the following activities:– If the target software version is not the same as the active software version, the eNodeB

checks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software after thesoftware is upgraded and the eNodeB is reset. If the software is incompatible with thedata configuration file or the download and activation of the data configuration file fail,the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum configuration of the target version.

– If the target software version is the same as the active software version, the eNodeBchecks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software withoutupgrading the software. If the software is incompatible with the data configuration fileor the download and activation of the data configuration file fail, the eNodeB uses thedata configuration file of the source version.

l The eNodeB does not download or activate the eNodeB software, data configuration file,or license file from the USB flash drive in any of the following cases:– The eNodeB software and data configuration file or their saving paths do not exist in

the USB flash drive.– The target software version is the same as the active software version. In this case, the

eNodeB software cannot be downloaded or activated, but the data configuration file andlicense file can be downloaded and activated.

– The data configuration file is the same as the active data configuration. In this case, thedata configuration file cannot be downloaded or activated, but the software and licensefile can be downloaded and activated.

– The license file cannot be downloaded, but the software and data configuration file canbe downloaded and activated in any of the following cases:– The license file to be downloaded is not the commissioning license.– The license file to be downloaded is the commissioning license, but the value of

ESN is not ANY.– The configurations or the names of the license file to be downloaded and the active

license file are the same.

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether the eNodeB is powered on. If it is not powered on, power on the eNodeB. If itis already powered on, go to Step 2.

NOTEEnsure that the RRU is powered on and the common public radio interface (CPRI) connections are correctbefore you power on the eNodeB. Check for faults by monitoring the CPRI indicator status on the LBBPafter the eNodeB is powered on. For details, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Step 2 When the eNodeB operates properly, insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on theBBU3900 main control board. If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 3-15; if anUMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 3-16.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

Page 80: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-15 USB port on the LMPT

Figure 3-16 USB port on the UMPT

Step 3 Wait for the eNodeB to automatically upgrade the software and data configuration file.

If the download or activation fails, commission the eNodeB by updating the software and dataconfiguration file in the USB flash drive or using a new USB flash drive.

If the download or activation still fails, perform the local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT.When the software and data configuration file are being upgraded, the normal status of theindicators on the USB flash drive and main control board is shown in Table 3-15. If the indicatorsare abnormal, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

Page 81: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 3-15 Indicator status

Indicator on the USBFlash Drive

RUN Indicator on the LMPT/UMPT

Automatically detectingthe USB flash drive

Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

Downloading the softwareand data configuration filefrom the USB flash drive

Blinking Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Activating the eNodeBsoftware and dataconfiguration file

Steady on Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Starting the eNodeB Steady off Steady on

Normal eNodeB operation Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

WARNINGDo not remove the USB flash drive or reset the eNodeB when downloading or activating theeNodeB software and data configuration file using the USB flash drive. After the download iscomplete, the eNodeB automatically activates the software and data configuration file. Then,the eNodeB is reset.

Step 4 When the download and activation are successful, rectify faults by referring to Checking theStatus of Indicators.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

Page 82: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Follow-up Procedure

CAUTIONThe eNodeB software package contains the LMT software. Before downloading the eNodeBsoftware package, pay attention to the following points:

l When the LMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory is limited, the LMPTdoes not support download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Toreduce the eNodeB deployment duration, some of the files of the LMT software areautomatically downloaded from the M2000 to the eNodeB four hours after the eNodeBdeployment. If you need to use the LMT complete package immediately after the eNodeBdeployment, run the SPL SOFTWARE command on the M2000 after the eNodeB isconnected to the M2000. Set Delay Download File Supply Flag to YES(Supply File thatSupport Delay). The remaining files of LMT software are downloaded to the eNodeB. Ifyou want the LMPT to support download of the LMT complete package through the USBflash drive, when preparing the files in the USB flash drive, configure the value ofWEBLMT from the default configuration files as YES (case-insensitive).

l When the UMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory increases. The UMPTsupports download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Therefore,an LMT package is not required after software activation.

3.3.4 Uploading Data FilesUpload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

l Prepare for the commissioning.

Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.

The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 3-16.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

Page 83: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 3-16 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

Page 84: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

Page 85: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

Page 86: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

Page 87: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

Page 88: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

Page 89: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

Page 90: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

Page 91: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

Page 92: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.3.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.

l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan thearea to which the eNodeB belongs.

l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you needto configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.

– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to theDHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step ismandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

Page 93: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.

l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.

l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server toan IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:

l Common Connection: default connection mode.

l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

Page 94: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

3.3.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 3-17.

Table 3-17 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

Page 95: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

Page 96: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

Page 97: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

3.3.7 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

Page 98: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB Alarms

This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of thecommissioning has not yet been confirmed.

Context

The alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarmsby object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

Page 99: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.

1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.

2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason AndAdvice.

3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis

This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioningtasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

Page 100: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.

1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specificalarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

Context

For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 3-18.

Table 3-18 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

Page 101: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Operation

Description

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

3.3.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

Procedure

Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

Page 102: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

3.3.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning Reports

This section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

Context

The exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming convention

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

Page 103: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report

This section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

Context

Table 3-19 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 3-19 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarms Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

Page 104: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

NOTEThis item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

Page 105: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

ProcedureStep 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine the

eNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

3.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

Page 106: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data

configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

Page 107: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

Page 108: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000

This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.

l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.

l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeBand the M2000 server.

Context

l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.

l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.

l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.

l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

Page 109: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

Page 110: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.3.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parametersincludes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The

Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-17.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

Page 111: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-17 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm

Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. Ifsaving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 3-18.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

Page 112: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 3-18 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-19.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

Figure 3-19 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,

and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

Page 113: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environmentalarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

3.3.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

Page 114: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

3.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

Page 115: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.

l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.

l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

3.3.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

Page 116: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

3.3.15 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

Main WindowFigure 3-20 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 3-20 describes thewindow.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

Page 117: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-20 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 3-20 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

Page 118: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window

Figure 3-21 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 3-21describes the window.

Figure 3-21 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 3-21 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

Page 119: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Window for Uploading Data FilesFigure 3-22 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 3-22 describes the window.

Figure 3-22 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 3-22 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 3-23 provides the meanings of the parameters.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

Page 120: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 3-23.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 3-23 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

Page 121: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

Page 122: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

Page 123: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

Page 124: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

Page 125: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT(Without the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need toupgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna linedevices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish theoperation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000server.

3.4.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no securitygateway (SeGW) is deployed.

Figure 3-23 shows the procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no SeGW isdeployed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

Page 126: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-23 Procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no SeGW is deployed

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

Page 127: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 3-24 Commissioning procedure

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT,which involves obtaining the eNodeB information andcommissioning tools, and obtaining files. For details, see3.4.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Localoperationson the LMT

Download and activate eNodeB software and dataconfiguration files on the LMT. For details, see 3.4.3Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software andData Configuration File on the LMT.

Mandatory

3 Download the license file for eNodeB commissioning onthe LMT. For details, see 3.4.4 Downloading the Licensefor eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT.

Optional

4 Commission the antenna system on the LMT. For details,see 3.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on theLMT.

Optional

5 After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 3.4.6 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the LMT.

Optional

6 Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRUand RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequencyunit, respectively. For details, see 3.4.7 Setting theMaximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.

Optional

7 Handle eNodeB alarms on the LMT. For details, see 3.4.8Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT.

Mandatory

8 Check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Fordetails, see 3.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of theeNodeB on the LMT.

Mandatory

9 Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see3.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Mandatory

10 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,establish an operation and maintenance (OM) link for theeNodeB on the M2000. For details, see 3.4.11 Establishingan OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB.

Mandatory

11 After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.4.12 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

Page 128: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

3.4.2 PreparationsBefore commissioning an eNodeB locally using an LMT when no SeGW is deployed, you needto collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and configure the FileTransfer Protocol (FTP) server.

Obtaining Related Information and Tools Required for eNodeB Commissioningon the LMT

Before local eNodeB commissioning on the local maintenance terminal (LMT), you must obtainrelated eNodeB information and commissioning tools.

Procedure

Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25 Information related to the eNodeB

Item Source or Remarks

eNodeB name Planned by the operator

eNodeB ID Planned by the operator

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for local commissioning on the LMT, as described in Table 3-26.

Table 3-26 Tools required for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT

Tool Description

Laptop l The hardware configuration, software configuration, andcommunication capabilities of the laptop must meetrequirements. For details, see System Requirements for theLMT Installation in the eNodeB LMT User Guide.

l The software and data configuration file required for eNodeBcommissioning on the LMT are saved in the laptop.

Ethernet cable LMPT: The Ethernet cable directly connects the laptop to theeNodeB. UMPT: The Ethernet cable connects the laptop to the USB-to-Ethernet port transfer cable.

Local maintenanceadapter (LMA)

The LMA connects the USB port on the UMPT to the Ethernet cable.

Testing UE The testing UE is functional and has been registered with the homesubscriber server (HSS).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

Page 129: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

----End

Configuring the FTP ServerThis section describes how to log in to the eNodeB using the LMT to configure the File TransferProtocol (FTP) server before performing LMT-based local commissioning.

Prerequisitesl The firewall has been disabled between the FTP server and the eNodeB.l All the FTP servers on the LMT PC have been disabled.l The software and data configuration file are available and saved in the same directory on

the LMT PC.

CAUTIONThe save path must contain folders of less than three levels. If the save path contains foldersof more than three levels, downloading files using the FTP server may fail.

ContextThe FTP server IP address refers to the IP address of the LMT PC and must be on the samenetwork segment as the local maintenance IP address of the LTE main processing transmissionunit (LMPT).

Procedure

Step 1 Type the local maintenance IP address of the LMPT in the address box of the Internet Explorer.The default IP address is 192.168.0.49.

Step 2 Click Go to. The LMT login page is displayed. The default user name and password are adminand hwbs@com (case sensitive), respectively.

Step 3 Download the FTP server software if no FTP server is available.1. On the LMT, click the Software Management tab. The Software Management tab page

is displayed.2. In the navigation tree, double-click FTP Server Configuration. The FTP Server

Configuration window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-24.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

Page 130: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-24 FTP Server Configuration window

3. Click Download FTP Tool. The File Download-Security Warning dialog box isdisplayed.

4. Click Save to save the FTP server software package (SFTPServer.exe) to the LMT PC.

Step 4 Configure the FTP server.

1. Double-click SFTPServer.exe to start the FTP server. The FTP server icon is displayed as

in the status area on the right of the taskbar.

2. Right-click and choose FTP server configure from the shortcut menu. The FTP serverconfiguration dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-25.

Figure 3-25 FTP server configuration dialog box

3. Set User name, Password, and Working directory for the FTP server. The default username and password are admin. Working directory must be set to the directory where thesoftware and data configuration file are saved. The default transmission security mode isBoth.

4. Click OK.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

Page 131: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 5 Save the FTP server configuration on the LMT main window.1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management tab page is

displayed.2. On the FTP Server Configure tab page, set IP address for the FTP server.3. Enter User name and Password based on the settings in Step 4.3. The default name and

password are admin.4. Click Save to save the FTP server configuration.

----End

3.4.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and DataConfiguration File on the LMT

This section describes how to download and activate the eNodeB software and data configurationfile on the LMT. The eNodeB software and data configuration file take effect after the eNodeBis reset.

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The FTP server is connected to the eNodeB in the same network segment and is functioning

properly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl You can obtain the eNodeB software package from http://support.huawei.com/ and save

it onto the local computer. The eNodeB software package has been digitally signed. If theeNodeB software package has been tampered with, a warning message is displayed whenthe package is being downloaded. In this situation, you must obtain a correct eNodeBsoftware package.

l The name of the data configuration file for local commissioning on the LMT is LMT.xml.The file name is case-sensitive. You can configure the data configuration file by referringto the eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide and save it onto the local PC. Then, change thefile name to LMT.xml.

l If you configure eNodeB parameters by running MML commands, do not download oractivate the LMT.xml file.

Procedure

Step 1 In the MML window on the LMT, run the LST VER command to query the active eNodeBsoftware version.

If... Then...

The active software version isthe target software version

Download and activate only the data configuration file.

The active software version isnot the target software version

Download and activate both the eNodeB software and dataconfiguration file.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

Page 132: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the GUI or MMLcommands.

l Using GUI

1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management dialog box isdisplayed.

NOTEIf the software management function on the LMT is unavailable, the LMT provides a minimumconfiguration. In this case, you must supplement the LMT software package to a complete oneto download the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the software managementfunction. For details, see How to Switch a Minimum LMT Package to a Complete LMT Packagein eNodeB LMT User Guide.

2. In the navigation tree, double-click Download and Activate Software. The Downloadand Activate Software window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-26.

Figure 3-26 Download and Activate Software window

3. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1 and set the parameters related to thetasks.

NOTE

l You are advised to select YES(Delay Download) before downloading the eNodeB software.After the software activation is complete, you can use only the basic LMT functions. To useall LMT functions, run the SPL SOFTWARE command with Delay Download File SupplyFlag set to YES(Supply File that Support Delay).

l If you have selectedYES(Delay Download), but did not supplement the software, you canuse only the basic LMT functions. However, this does not affect the establishment of an OMLbetween the M2000 and the eNodeB.

l If you have selectedNO(Not Delay Download), you can use all LMT functions after thesoftware is activated. However, the eNodeB deployment will be prolonged for 10 minutes.

l You can select XML or DBS, depending on the type of the data configuration file to bedownloaded and activated.

l You must enter the version number of the target software for activation.

l You must save the eNodeB software package, data configuration file, and license file in thesame directory on the FTP server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

Page 133: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4. Click Execute. The eNodeB performs the selected tasks in sequence. There is a progressbar under the Execute button, indicating the current progress and task status. When theprogress bar of each task displays 100%, the download and activation are complete.

NOTE

l If a task is not selected, the eNodeB skips the task and goes to the next task.

l If a task fails, the eNodeB stops the task and subsequent tasks.

l After the data configuration file is activated, it will take effect by default when the eNodeB isreset.

l After the eNodeB software is activated, the software will take effect when the eNodeBautomatically resets. If the data configuration file has been activated, it will also take effect whenthe eNodeB resets.

l Using MML commands

1. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1. Table 3-27 describes the mappingbetween tasks and MML commands.

Table 3-27 Mapping between tasks and MML commands

Sequence Task MML Command

1 Download theBootROM

DLD SOFTWARE

2 Activate theBootROM

ACT SOFTWARE

3 Download theeNodeB software

DLD SOFTWARE

4 Download the dataconfiguration file

DLD CFGFILE

5 Activate the dataconfiguration file

ACT CFGFILE

6 Activate theeNodeB software

ACT SOFTWARE

7 Query the softwaremanagement statusNOTE

The commandsupports queryingthe download,activation, andsupplement status ofthe software.

DSP SOFTSTATUS

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

Page 134: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

CAUTIONl After the eNodeB software is downloaded and activated and the eNodeB resets, log in to the

eNodeB using the LMT within 30 minutes. Otherwise, the eNodeB will roll back to the sourceversion.

l The eNodeB automatically resets after the eNodeB software is activated. Before the eNodeBautomatically resets, do not run a reset command to reset the eNodeB or boards, power offthe eNodeB, or remove any boards. Because such operations may lead to download andactivation failures, or may clear or damage the software and files on the eNodeB.

----End

3.4.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on theLMT

After downloading the commissioning license to the eNodeB on the LMT, you are authorizedto use the eNodeB software.

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The commissioning license is available on the FTP server.

ContextApply for the commissioning license of the eNodeB with the help of Huawei technical support.

NOTEThe commissioning license has a time limit. Replace the commissioning license with a commercial license intime after the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

ProcedureStep 1 Run the INS LICENSE command to download and activate the license file on the eNodeB.

----End

3.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMTThis section describes how to commission the antenna system on the local maintenance terminal(LMT), which involves commissioning antenna line devices (ALDs) such as remote electricaltilt (RET) antennas and tower-mounted amplifiers (TMAs) and measuring voltage standing waveratios (VSWRs).

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The license for ALD management is available.

Commissioning the RET AntennaThis section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna, including downloading the RET software and data configuration file, calibrating

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

Page 135: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

the RET antenna, setting the RET antenna downtilt, and querying RET overcurrent orundercurrent alarms. The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data.Otherwise, the RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

ContextFigure 3-27 shows the procedure for commissioning the RET antenna.

Figure 3-27 Procedure for commissioning the RET antenna

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

Page 136: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 3-28 describes the preparations for commissioning the RET antenna.

Table 3-28 Preparations for commissioning the RET antenna

Item Description

RET software The RET software is supplied by the ALDvendor.

RET data configuration file The RET data configuration file is suppliedby the ALD vendor. The configuration datavaries according to the vendor and RETantenna model.

Information about the RET downtilt The RET downtilt is defined in the networkplan.

l The RET antenna does not provide the file check function. If an incorrect RET dataconfiguration file is downloaded, the RET antenna may become unavailable.

l Calibrating the RET antenna is mandatory after the RET antenna is installed. If you skipthis step, the RET downtilt may be incorrect and the network coverage is affected.

l The RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after you reset or power off the RETantenna. After calibrating the RET antenna, you must set the RET downtilt again to ensurethat the downtilt is correct without affecting the network coverage.

l Setting an RET downtilt takes a maximum of 2 minutes.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

Page 137: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

Page 138: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMAThis section describes how to use MML commands to commission the tower-mounted amplifier(TMA). Commissioning the TMA aims to check whether the current TMA software version isthe same as the target TMA software version. If they are different, load the target TMA software.After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA automatically resets. The software then takes effectand the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.l The TMA software is available.l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The FTP server functions properly and is properly connected to the eNodeB on the same

network segment.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

CAUTIONEnsure that there is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB. If a firewall is installedon the PC, disable it.

Contextl As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

Page 139: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.

l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

Page 140: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

Measuring the VSWR

This section describes how to measure the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) to verify theantenna system.

Prerequisitesl The antenna system has been properly installed on the eNodeB.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST RRU command to query the VSWR alarm threshold.

Step 2 Run the STR VSWRTEST command to start a VSWR test.

If... Then...

The test value is less thanthe VSWR alarm threshold

The antenna system is properly installed. End thecommissioning.

The test value is greaterthan or equal to the VSWRalarm threshold

The antenna system is not properly installed. Rectify the faultsby referring to the handling procedures for the VSWR alarm inthe eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

3.4.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe LMT

This section describes how to check the environment monitoring equipment on the LMT. Afterthe environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm Parameters

This section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeas required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

Page 141: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The environment monitoring equipment has been configured.l The DIP switches on the environment monitoring device are properly set. For details, see

the APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product Description,APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description and EMUAUser Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports.

The external environment alarm and the extended alarm port are already bound together. Fordetails, see Table 3-29.

Table 3-29 Extended alarm ports

MO MML Command Description

AlmPort SET ALMPORT This command is used to set the input port ofenvironment signals.

If the alarm ID of an external environment alarm is predefined, the following steps can beskipped. For details about the predefined alarm IDs, see eNodeB Alarm Reference.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST ALMPORT command to check whether external alarm ports are configuredcorrectly, whether ports are enabled, and whether port types and alarm severities are the sameas the configured values.

Step 2 Run the SET ENVALMPARA command to set the name, severity, and event type of an externalenvironment alarm.

NOTE

ALM ID is configured when the external environmental alarm and the extended alarm port are bound.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you must verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings. If theexternal environment alarms can be reported correctly, the parameter settings are correct.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

Page 142: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for active alarms on the local maintenance terminal (LMT). For details, see 3.4.8Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT. If the external environment alarms can be reportedcorrectly, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is reported, resetthe parameters or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

3.4.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

ContextThe maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

Page 143: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

3.4.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMTThis section describes how to handle the alarms generated during the commissioning.

PrerequisitesThe LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 On the LMT, click the Alarm/Event button. The Alarm/Event tab page is displayed.

Step 2 Check for active alarms on the Engineering Alarm tab page under the Browse Alarm/Eventtab page.

If ... Then ...

No active alarm exists End the task.

Active alarms exist Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Double-click an active alarm. The Detailed Information dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Click Solution... to know the detailed information and alarm handling procedure. Clear the activealarm by following the alarm handling procedure.

----End

3.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMTThis section describes how to check the operating status of the eNodeB on the local maintenanceterminal (LMT).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

Page 144: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

PrerequisitesThe LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.

ContextTable 3-30 lists the eNodeB device checklist.

Table 3-30 eNodeB device checklist

Check Item Description

eNodeB type Check the eNodeB type in data configuration.

eNodeBsoftware version

Check the active eNodeB software, including the version and operatingstatus.

Hardware status Check the status of the radio frequency (RF) unit, receive channel,transmit channel, and boards.

Interface status Check the configuration related to IP paths, common public radiointerface (CPRI) ports, remote maintenance channels, E1/T1 ports,Ethernet ports, and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) linksof the eNodeB.

Cell status Check the cell status.

Active alarmquery

Check for active alarms of the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 On the LMT, click Self-Test. On the displayed Self-Test tab page, a man-machine language(MML) command script with the complete parameter settings is automatically imported to thecommand area.

Step 2 Click Execute. The execution result is displayed in the area below Execute.

NOTE

If all items pass the check, the eNodeB operates properly. Otherwise, check for active alarms and clear them. Ifall active alarms are cleared but the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

3.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

Page 145: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

3.4.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeBThis section describes how to establish an operation and maintenance link (OML) between theM2000 and the eNodeB on the M2000 client.

Prerequisitesl The transmission link between the eNodeB and M2000 is functioning properly.

l The M2000 server and client are running properly.

l You have obtained the eNodeB information such as the name, IP address, version, andadministrative region of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

Page 146: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

ContextTo reduce maintenance workload, the M2000 enables you to create eNodeBs in batches in thetopology. For details, see Creating Multiple Physical NEs in the M2000 Online Help. Thissection describes the procedure for creating an eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Create an eNodeB in the topology.1. On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab page

is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-28.

Figure 3-28 Main Topology tab page

2. In the Physical Root navigation tree or the physical view, right-click the subnet for the

eNodeB to be created and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. The Create NE dialogbox is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-29.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

Page 147: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 3-29 Create NE dialog box

3. In the Create NE dialog box, select the specific eNodeB from Access Network Series.

4. Configure the eNodeB information in the right window of the dialog box.

5. Click OK to create the eNodeB.

NOTE

The Create NE Progress dialog box is displayed, indicating the NE creation progress. After the eNodeBis successfully created, the M2000 automatically obtains the eNodeB configuration information.

If the network connection between the M2000 and the created eNodeB is faulty, the eNodeB is stilldisplayed in the specified location in the topology. However, the eNodeB is disconnected and is shown

as .

6. Click Close to close the Progress dialog box.

Step 2 About 5 minutes later, observe the eNodeB icon on the Main Topology tab page.

If... Then...

The eNodeB icon is

The OML fails to be established. ContactHuawei for technical support.

The eNodeB icon is The OML is successfully established.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

Page 148: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3.4.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab

page is displayed.2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-click

Query Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, the

configuration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (Without the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

Page 149: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (withthe SeGW)

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the following procedures when the SeGW is deployed in the network:eNodeB automatic discovery, PnP remote commissioning in unified encryption mode, PnPremote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode, local commissioning using a USBflash drive in unified encryption mode, local commissioning using a USB flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode, and local commissioning on the LMT.

Background InformationeNodeB service data can be processed in either unified encryption mode or differentiatedencryption mode. Figure 4-1 shows the networking in unified encryption mode, and Figure4-2 shows the networking in differentiated encryption mode.

Figure 4-1 Networking in unified encryption mode

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

Page 150: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-2 Networking in differentiated encryption mode

Generally, either unified encryption or differentiated encryption can be used for S1/X2/OMchannels, depending on the operator's requirements. However, differentiated encryption isrecommended if the data communication network (DCN) where the M2000 is located is directlyconnected to the non-security domain in the transport network as shown in Figure 4-3. In otherwords, the encryption mode to use mainly depends on the structure of the operator's transportnetwork.

Figure 4-3 A differentiated encryption example

When the SeGW is deployed in the network, the unified and differentiated encryption modeshave the following differences during eNodeB deployment:l In unified encryption mode, the eNodeB and the M2000 belong to different domains, and

data must pass through the SeGW before traveling to the eNodeB or M2000. Therefore, tocommunicate with the M2000, the eNodeB needs to set up an IPSec tunnel to the SeGWfirst during the channel self-setup procedure in deployment by PnP or during routine OM.

l In differentiated encryption mode, the eNodeB and the M2000 belong to the same domain,and data does not need to pass through the SeGW before traveling to the eNodeB or M2000.Therefore, the OM channel can be a plaintext or SSL connection. During the channel self-setup procedure in deployment by PnP, the eNodeB can directly send DHCP messages tothe DHCP server built in the M2000. Therefore, eNodeB deployment by PnP indifferentiated encryption mode can be performed in the same way as in non-securenetworking mode. For data configuration, the difference between the two encryption modesonly lies in IPSec configuration.

4.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (with the SeGW)During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery. This process does not require manualintervention.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

Page 151: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.2 PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB when the SeGW is deployed, you need to enable the plug and play(PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurred duringautomatic commissioning are rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete, theeNodeB can work properly.

4.3 PnP Remote Commissioning in Differentiated Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB on the M2000 when the SeGW is deployed, you need to enable theplug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. If any faults occur duringautomatic commissioning, rectify the faults. After the commissioning is complete, the eNodeBstarts working properly. In this scenario, eNodeB service data is processed in differentiatedencryption mode.

4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive in Unified Encryption Mode (with theSeGW)To perform USB-based local eNodeB commissioning in unified encryption mode, you need toupgrade the eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal Serial Bus (USB)flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, create an eNodeBcommissioning task on the M2000.

4.5 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive in Differentiated Encryption Mode (withthe SeGW)To commission an eNodeB locally using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode, you need to upgrade the eNodeB software and data configurationfiles using the USB flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then,create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.

4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need toupgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna linedevices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish theoperation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

Page 152: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery (with theSeGW)

During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery. This process does not require manualintervention.

eNodeB Automatic Discovery ProcessAutomatic discovery is a process during which the eNodeB is powered on and sets up an OMchannel with the M2000 after the hardware is installed.

If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are deployed on different network segments, you need toconfigure the router closest to the eNodeB on the path between the eNodeB and the M2000server as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay. If the SeGW is deployed in thenetwork, configure the IP address of the DHCP relay as the IP address of the public DHCP serveron the router and configure the IP address of the M2000 DHCP server as the IP address of theDHCP server of the SeGW.

NOTEIf the M2000 server is deployed by using Server Load-Sharing (SLS), the previous IP address of the M2000DHCP server refers to the IP address of the master M2000 server.

eNodeB Automatic Discovery ProcessIf the SeGW is deployed in the network, eNodeB data can be processed in unified encryptionmode or differentiated encryption mode, and eNodeB data can be authenticated using the publickey infrastructure (PKI)-based or Preshared Key (PSK)-based authentication mode. Therefore,when the SeGW is deployed in the network, the eNodeB automatic discovery process involvesthe following scenarios:l Plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning in unified encryption mode (using PKI)l Local commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive in unified encryption

mode (using PKI)l Local commissioning using a USB in unified encryption mode (using PSK)l PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode (using PKI)l PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode (using PSK)l Local commissioning using a USB flash drive in differentiated encryption mode (using

PKI)l Local commissioning using a USB flash drive in differentiated encryption mode (using

PSK)

NOTEWhen eNodeB data is processed in unified encryption mode, the eNodeB cannot obtain the preshared keywhen establishing IPSec tunnels during transmission. As a result, the PSK authentication mode cannot beused for eNodeB data authentication during PnP remote commissioning.

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified EncryptionMode (Using PKI)

Figure 4-4 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

Page 153: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. The eNodeB performs power on self-test (POST).2. Bind the eNodeB ID to the eNodeB using a bar code scanner to scan the bar code within

3 minutes after the eNodeB is powered on. If the M2000 binds the eNodeB using theelectronic serial number (ESN) or Global Positioning System (GPS) information, skip thisstep.

3. The eNodeB initiates IEEE802.1X-based access control authentication.4. The eNodeB scans VLANs to obtain VLAN IDs (in VLAN networking scenarios). Then,

the eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the public DHCP server to obtain the followinginformation: temporary OM IP address, temporary OM IP mask, IP address of the domainname server (DNS, if DNS is configured on the public DHCP server), default gateway, IPaddress of the Certification Authority (CA) server (if configured), IP address of the SeGW,CA port number, CA name, and IP address of the M2000.

5. With the predefined Huawei device certificate, the eNodeB implements unidirectionalauthentication together with the CA server (authenticates the validity of the eNodeB) basedon CMPv2 and automatically obtains the operator's device certificate and root certificatefrom the CA server. If the operator's device certificate and root certificate have beenconfigured for the eNodeB, they do not need to be reobtained.

6. The eNodeB sets up a temporary Internet protocol security (IPSec) tunnel with the SeGWafter bidirectional security authentication is successfully performed using certificates.

7. The eNodeB sets up a temporary SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000 through theIPSec tunnel.

8. The eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files fromthe M2000 and automatically resets.

9. After resetting, the eNodeB sets up a formal IPSec tunnel with the SeGW so that the eNodeBcan set up a formal SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000 to start network operation.

NOTE

l When the M2000 server is deployed by using SLS, if you want to create an eNodeB on the masterserver, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the master server; if if you want to createan eNodeB on the slave server, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the slave server.

l If you want to check the DHCP message, log in to the LMT and create a PNP tracing task on the LMT.For details, see eNodeB LMT User Guide.

Figure 4-4 eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning in unifiedencryption mode (using PKI)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

Page 154: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inUnified Encryption Mode (Using PKI)

Figure 4-5 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.2. The eNodeB performs POST.3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USB

flash drive, and then automatically resets.4. After resetting, the eNodeB accesses the operator's network using physical connections. If

the eNodeB detects that the OMCH link is interrupted because there is no operator's devicecertificate and root certificate, the eNodeB initiates IEEE802.1X-based access controlauthentication (which is optional) and scans VLANs to obtain VLAN IDs (in VLANnetworking scenarios). Then, the eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the public DHCP serverto obtain the following information: temporary OM IP address, temporary OM IP mask,IP address of the DNS (if DNS is configured on the public DHCP server), default gateway,IP address of the CA server (if configured), IP address of the SeGW, CA port number, CAname, and IP address of the M2000.

5. With the predefined Huawei device certificate, the eNodeB implements unidirectionalauthentication together with the CA server (authenticates the validity of the eNodeB) basedon CMPv2 and automatically obtains the operator's device certificate and root certificatefrom the CA server. If the operator's device certificate and root certificate have beenconfigured for the eNodeB, they do not need to be reobtained.

6. The eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectional securityauthentication is successfully performed using certificates.

7. The eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel to start network operation.

Figure 4-5 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drivein unified encryption mode (using PKI)

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inUnified Encryption Mode (Using PSK)

Figure 4-6 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

Page 155: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

2. The eNodeB performs POST.

3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USBflash drive, and then automatically resets.

4. After resetting, the eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectionalsecurity authentication is successfully performed using the PSK mode.

5. The eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel to start network operation.

Figure 4-6 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drivein unified encryption mode (using PSK)

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During PnP Remote Commissioning in DifferentiatedEncryption Mode (Using PKI)

Figure 4-7 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. The eNodeB performs POST.

2. Bind the eNodeB ID to the eNodeB using a bar code scanner to scan the bar code within3 minutes after the eNodeB is powered on. If the M2000 binds the eNodeB using the ESNor GPS information, skip this step.

3. (Optional) The eNodeB initiates IEEE802.1X-based access control authentication.

4. The eNodeB scans VLANs to obtain VLAN IDs (in VLAN networking scenarios). Then,the eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the DHCP server of the M2000 to obtain the followinginformation: OM IP address, OM IP mask, IP address of the M2000, and IP mask of theM2000.

5. The eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

Page 156: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

6. The eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files fromthe M2000 and automatically resets.

7. Manually download operator's device certificate and root certificate from the M2000 andset the connection mode between the eNodeB and the M2000 based on actual situations.

8. The eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectional securityauthentication is successfully performed using certificates to start network operation.

Figure 4-7 eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning in differentiatedencryption mode (using PKI)

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inDifferentiated Encryption Mode (Using PKI)

Figure 4-8 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.2. The eNodeB performs POST.3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USB

flash drive, and then automatically resets.4. The eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000.5. Manually download operator's device certificate and root certificate from the M2000 and

set the connection mode between the eNodeB and the M2000 based on actual situations.6. The eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectional security

authentication is successfully performed using certificates to start network operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

Page 157: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-8 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drivein differentiated encryption mode (using PKI)

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During PnP Remote Commissioning in DifferentiatedEncryption Mode (Using PSK)

Figure 4-9 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. The eNodeB performs POST.2. Bind the eNodeB ID to the eNodeB using a bar code scanner to scan the bar code within

3 minutes after the eNodeB is powered on. If the M2000 binds the eNodeB using the ESNor GPS information, skip this step.

3. The eNodeB scans VLANs to obtain VLAN IDs (in VLAN networking scenarios). Then,the eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the DHCP server of the M2000 to obtain the followinginformation: OM IP address, OM IP mask, IP address of the M2000, and IP mask of theM2000.

4. The eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000.5. The eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files from

the M2000 and automatically resets.6. After resetting, the eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectional

security authentication is successfully performed using the PSK mode to start networkoperation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

Page 158: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-9 eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning in differentiatedencryption mode (using PKI)

eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inDifferentiated Encryption Mode (Using PSK)

Figure 4-10 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is asfollows:

1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.2. The eNodeB performs POST.3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USB

flash drive, and then automatically resets.4. After resetting, the eNodeB sets up an SSL-encrypted OM channel with the M2000.5. The eNodeB sets up an IPSec tunnel with the SeGW after bidirectional security

authentication is successfully performed using the PSK mode to start network operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

Page 159: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-10 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drivein differentiated encryption mode (using PSK)

Figure 4-11 shows a typical commissioning network with the SeGW. The network where theeNodeB is located is not in the same trusted domain as the network where the MME, SGW, andM2000 are located. Therefore, the SeGW must be used for secure communication between theeNodeB, MME, SGW, and M2000.

Figure 4-11 Commissioning scenario with the SeGW

VLAN Acquisition

In VLAN networking, VLAN tags must be attached to packets sent by the eNodeB before theeNodeB communicates with other equipment. After the eNodeB is powered on, it cannot senda DHCP request or set up an OM channel with the M2000 because no VLAN ID is available.Therefore, the eNodeB must scan VLANs to obtain VLAN IDs after power-on. The process of

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

Page 160: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

obtaining VLAN IDs is called VLAN acquisition, including VLAN detection and VLANscanning.l VLAN detection: after an eNodeB is created on the M2000, the M2000 periodically sends

VLAN detection packets to the eNodeB. The VLAN detection packets are routed to a routerclosest to the eNodeB. Then, the router sends Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) broadcastpackets. After detecting the ARP packets, the eNodeB obtains VLAN IDs from the ARPpackets and then sends a DHCP request. VLAN IDs are obtained in this way in scenarioswithout the SeGW.

l VLAN scanning: in scenarios with the SeGW, VLAN detection packets from the M2000cannot be transmitted to the eNodeB because the SeGW does not initiate a connection tothe eNodeB. Therefore, the eNodeB cannot learn VLAN IDs. In this case, the eNodeB canobtain VLAN IDs only by scanning VLANs. That is, before sending a DHCP request, theeNodeB sends a DHCP Discovery message using a VLAN ID ranging from 0 to 4094. Ifthe public DHCP server receives the request message sent from the eNodeB, it sends aresponse message to the eNodeB. If the eNodeB receives a response message from thepublic DHCP server, it assumes that the VLAN ID is valid.

NOTEIn scenarios without the SeGW, the eNodeB may obtain the VLAN ID by VLAN detection and VLANscanning simultaneously. In this case, it preferentially uses the VLAN ID obtained by VLAN detection toinitiate a DHCP request.

4.2 PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified EncryptionMode (with the SeGW)

To commission an eNodeB when the SeGW is deployed, you need to enable the plug and play(PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurred duringautomatic commissioning are rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete, theeNodeB can work properly.

4.2.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform plug and play (PnP) remote eNodeB commissioning inunified encryption mode.

Figure 4-12 shows the procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning in unified encryptionmode.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

Page 161: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-12 Procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning in unified encryption mode

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

Page 162: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-1 Commissioning procedure

Step

Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning, whichinvolves obtaining eNodeB information and commissioningtools, configuring the security equipment, obtaining theeNodeB software and files required for automaticdeployment, and obtaining digital certificates. For details,see 4.2.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.2.3 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.

Mandatory

3 Start the eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.2.4Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.

Mandatory

4 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.

Mandatory

5 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.2.6Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

6 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the operatingstatus of the eNodeB. For details, see 4.2.7 Checking theRunning Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.

Mandatory

7 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 4.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

8 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 4.2.9 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

9 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs on theM2000. RRU and RFU are short for remote radio unit andradio frequency unit, respectively. For details, see 4.2.10Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs orRFUs.

Optional

10 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see4.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

11 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 4.2.12 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

Page 163: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

4.2.2 PreparationsBefore performing plug and play (PnP) remote eNodeB commissioning in unified encryptionmode, you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, upload therequired data files, configure security equipment, obtain digital certificates, and configure thepublic Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server.

ContextFigure 4-13 shows the procedure for preparing for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning inunified encryption mode.

Figure 4-13 Procedure for preparing for PnP remote commissioning in unified encryption mode

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

Page 164: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Obtaining eNodeB Information and Commissioning ToolsBefore PnP remote eNodeB commissioning, you must obtain eNodeB information andcommissioning tools.

Procedure

Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Information related to the eNodeB

Item Source or Remarks

eNodeB name Planned by the operator.

eNodeB ID Planned by the operator.

eNodeB electronicserial number (ESN)NOTE

The ESN information isoptional and it iscollected only inscenarios where theESN is used to bind theeNodeB.

ESN identifies an NE uniquely. During network deployment, theinstallation engineer reports the mapping relationship between thelocation of each site and the ESN to the staff at the maintenancecenter.The ESN is attached to the baseband unit (BBU) in the followingtwo ways:l If the fan module on the BBU is not attached with a label, the

ESN is printed on the mounting ear of the BBU, as shown inFigure 4-14. Record the ESN and the site information and thenreport them to the operation and maintenance (OM) personnel.

l If the fan module on the BBU is attached with a label, the ESNis printed on the label of the fan module and the mounting ear ofthe BBU, as shown in Figure 4-15. You must remove the labelto record the site information on the side labeled Site on the label.Then, report the information to the OM personnel.

Figure 4-14 Location of the ESN (I)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

Page 165: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-15 Location of the ESN (II)

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000, as described in Table4-3.

Table 4-3 Tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000

Tool Description

Testing UE The testing UE is functional and is registered in the home subscriberserver (HSS).

----End

Preparing an eNodeB Deployment ListYou need to prepare an eNodeB deployment list before uploading relevant data files.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client if you need to export the eNodeB deployment list

from the M2000 client.l You have obtained planned data for eNodeB deployment from network planning engineers.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the deployment list.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

Page 166: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Option Description

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the CME

If the CME has been deployed and you have initially configured theeNodeB on the CME, it is recommended that you use the CME to exportthe eNodeB deployment list. For detailed operations, see Exporting AutoDeployment Configuration Files in M2000 Help.

Obtain and open the exported deployment list. Check whether the softwareversion, cold patch, and hot patch are consistent with planned ones. If theyare inconsistent, you need to change them as planned. In addition, you needto enter other relevant data.

NOTEThe deployment list must be exported from the CME V200R012C00 or laterreleases.

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the M2000client

If the CME has not been deployed, you can export the eNodeB deploymentlist from the eNodeB Auto Deployment window on the M2000 client.

1. Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB AutoDeployment from the main menu of the Configuration > AutoDeployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeB AutoDeployment window is displayed.

2. Click . The Save dialog box is displayed.3. Specify a save path and click OK.4. Open the exported deployment list and enter or modify relevant data

based on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planningengineers.

NOTEl An eNodeB deployment list is in CSV format and its default name is

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_List.csv. You can enter or modify relevant databased on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planning engineersby referring to Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

l If there is a commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportthe available deployment list and modify it based on the planned data.

l If there is no commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportan empty deployment list and enter information based on the planned data.

Before the deployment, check whether the planned target version is consistent with the targetversion in the deployment list.l If they are consistent, use this deployment list to proceed with the deployment.l If they are inconsistent, change the target version in the deployment list to the planned target

version. The following uses eNodeB commissioning as an example.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPCXXX, edit the eNodeB Software

Version field.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPHXXX, edit the eNodeB Hot Patch

Version field. In the eNodeB Software Version field, you must enter the correspondingV100R003C00SPCXXX.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

Page 167: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l XXX consists of three digits, indicating the version number.

l Currently, the parameter for the cold patch version in the deployment list is not used.

l When you manually fill out or modify the deployment list, ensure that all the characters you enterare valid. The base station commissioning may fail if you enter invalid characters such as comma(,) and quotation mark (") or press Enter during deployment list modification.

----End

Uploading Data Files

Upload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

l Prepare for the commissioning.

Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.

The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 4-4.

Table 4-4 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

Page 168: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

File Type Save Path

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

Page 169: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

Page 170: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

Page 171: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

Page 172: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

Page 173: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

Page 174: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

Page 175: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

Page 176: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

Page 177: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Obtaining Digital CertificatesBefore commissioning an eNodeB, prepare a Huawei root certificate on the CA server. The CAserver uses the Huawei root certificate to authenticate the eNodeB before issuing operator'scertificates to the eNodeB.

ContextBefore eNodeB delivery, the Huawei root certificate and Huawei device certificate arepreconfigured in the main control board of the eNodeB by default. The two certificates arepermanently valid.l As a default trusted CA certificate, the Huawei root certificate has been loaded to the

certificate storage area of an eNodeB before delivery. This certificate must be loaded tothe CA server before eNodeB commissioning. In this way, the CA server can authenticatethe eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate based onCertificate Management Protocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The Huawei device certificate is the initial device certificate of an eNodeB. This certificateidentifies the eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate basedon CMPv2.

Figure 4-16 shows the procedure for obtaining digital certificates.

Figure 4-16 Procedure for obtaining digital certificates

ProcedureStep 1 Obtain the Huawei root certificate.

Step 2 Load the Huawei root certificate to the CA server.

----End

Configuring the Security EquipmentOn the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with differentconfiguration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipment

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

Page 178: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

is configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The followingconfigurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices arebased on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

Prerequisitesl Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain

the document from http://support.huawei.com.l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document from

http://support.huawei.com.l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authentication

access equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and thecorresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

ContextWhen the SeGW is deployed, you are required to configure data for the SeGW. If eNodeB datais authenticated using digital certificates or Preshared Key (PSK), you must set the customizedparameters, such as the IP addresses of the SeGW and M2000 server, on the public DynamicHost Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. In this way, the eNodeB can set up an Internetprotocol security (IPSec) tunnel with the SeGW and can be connected to the M2000. When IEEE802.1X-based access control authentication is adopted, you must configure the authenticationaccess equipment and authentication server. Generally, the authentication server refers to theAAA server.

l Table 4-5 describes the SeGW configuration.

Table 4-5 SeGW configurations

Item Description

IP address Both the public SeGW and the serving SeGW should be configured withthe IP address of the interface for the untrusted area on the eNodeB sideand IP address of the interface for the trusted area on the evolved packetcore (EPC) side.

Route l Public SeGW: The routes to the M2000, eNodeB, and temporaryoperation and maintenance (O&M) IP address must beconfigured.

l Serving SeGW: The routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobilitymanagement entity (MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signalingand service IP addresses, and O&M IP address must beconfigured.

IKE localname

The public SeGW and serving SeGW must be configured.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

Page 179: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Description

ike proposal l The authentication method parameter can be set to the digitalcertificate mode or pre-shared key mode based on the actualnetworking.

l The authentication algorithm parameter can be set to SHA_1 orMD5. Generally, this parameter is set to SHA_1.

l The encryption algorithm parameter can be set to AES or DES.Generally, this parameter is set to AES.

l The DH group parameter can be set to DH group2.

acl This item is set to permit ip.

ike peer l Public SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by ike proposal. localid type is set to name, remote name is set to p-segw, ikeproposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the preceding setting, andip pool must be configured to allocate a temporary O&M IPaddress for the eNodeB.

l Serving SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by the ike proposalparameter. local id type is set to name, remote name is set to s-segw, ike proposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the precedingsetting.

ipsecproposal

encapsulation mode can be set to tunnel or transport. Generally,tunnel is set as the encapsulation mode. transform can be set to esp orAH. Generally, esp is set as the transform mode. esp authentication isset to SHA_1 and esp encryption is set to AES.

ipsec policy-template

The public SeGW and serving security are set to template. ACL mustbe set based on the preceding settings. If the public SeGW and servingSeGW are the same, ACL must be set to different values. psf groupmust be set to DH group2. ike peer must be set to different values forthe public SeGW and serving SeGW. ipsecproposal must be set basedon the preceding setting.

ipsec policy Configure this item according to configurations of ipsec policy-template.

ipsec bindingto port

policy can be bound to the planned port according to the configurationsof ipsec policy.

l The purposes for configuring the public DHCP server are as follows:

– When an eNodeB sends messages to the public DHCP server to obtain customizedinformation, the public DHCP server can identify that the eNodeB is Huawei eNodeB.

– Then, the public DHCP server returns the customized information to the eNodeB.The public DHCP server needs to configure the information for identifying Huawei eNodeBand the customized information related to Huawei equipment. The customized informationprovides necessary configuration information for the setup of the DHCP server with theSeGW deployed, as described in Table 4-6.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

Page 180: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-6 Descriptions of customized information

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description UsageScenario

18 IP address of thepublic SeGW

4 Used to establish the IPSecchannel.

Configure thisIP address inscenarios withthe SeGWdeployed.

19 Domain name ofthe publicSeGW

1~64 Used to establish the IPSecchannel.

When a SeGWis deployed,configure thisdomain nameto obtain theSeGW IPaddress fromthe domainname server(DNS).

22 IP address of theCR or CRLserver

4 Used to download the CRL andcross certificate files.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

23 User name forlogging in to theCR or CRLserver

1~32 Used to log in to the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

24 Password forlogging in to theCR or CRLserver

1~16 Used to log in to the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

25 Path of the crosscertificate on theCR or CRLserver

1~64 Used to save the cross certificateon the CR or CRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

26 Path of the CRLfiles on the CRor CRL server

1~64 Used to save the operator's CRLfile on the CR or CRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

Page 181: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description UsageScenario

28 IP address of theserver thatallocatesinternal IPaddresses

4 Configured for the DHCP serverthat allocates internal IPaddresses of IPSec tunnels. ThisDHCP server is configured onan M2000 server connected tothe SeGW. Set either this fieldor the 29 field.

Configure thisIP addresswhen all thefollowingconditions aremet when theSeGW isdeployed: (1)The DHCPprocess is usedtwice. (2)Unicast is usedfor thesecondaryDHCPprocess. (3)The IP addressof the DHCPserver of theM2000 isrequired.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

Page 182: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description UsageScenario

29 DHCP serverdomain nameprovided by theM2000

1~64 Provided by the M2000. Configure thisdomain namewhen all thefollowingconditions aremet inscenarios witha SeGWdeployed: (1)The DHCPprocess is usedtwice. (2)Unicast is usedfor thesecondaryDHCPprocess. (3)The IP addressof the DHCPserver of theM2000 isobtained basedon the domainname of theDHCP serverprovided bythe M2000.

31 Local ID of thepublic SeGW

1~32 Local ID of the public SeGW Configure thisID when thelocal ID typeof the SeGW isfully qualifieddomain name(FQDN).

33 Protocol typefor logging in tothe CR or CRLserver

1 Used to describe the protocoltype for logging in to the CR orCRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

34 Port for loggingin to the CR orCRL server

2 Port number of the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

Page 183: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description UsageScenario

35 IP address of theCA server

4 Mandatory if the CMPv2interface is used forcommunication. Otherwise, thisfield can be blank. Used whenthe CA server communicateswith the DHCP server providedby the M2000 in scenarios witha SeGW deployed.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

36 Port number ofthe CA server

2 Set to 80 or 8080. Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

37 Path of the CA 1~60 Used to save the CA on the CAserver.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

38 CA name 0~100 Used to describe the CA nameon the CA server.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

39 Protocol typefor logging in tothe CA server

1 Used to decide the protocol typefor logging in to the CA. Thevalue 0 indicates HTTP, and thevalue 1 indicates HTTPS.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

42 DHCP server IPaddressprovided by theM2000

Integermultipleof fourbytes

This is the IP address of theDHCP server provided by theM2000. You can configure IPaddresses of multiple DHCPservers.

Configure thisIP addresswhen theDHCP processis used twiceand unicast isused for thesecondaryDHCP processin scenarioswith a SeGWdeployed.

l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and the

authentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.

l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, andthe file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

Page 184: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 4-5.

Step 2 Configure the public DHCP server by referring to Table 4-6.Configuration methods vary according to different DHCP servers. The following part describesthe DHCP server configuration using the interface IP address pool based on Huawei QuidwayS6500.

1. Run system-view to enter the system view.

2. Run dhcp enable to enable DHCP services.

3. Run interface vlanif vlan-id to enter the VLANIF view.

4. Run ip address ip-address { mask | mask-length } to configure the IP address of theVLANIF interface. The range of addresses in the interface address pool equals to thenetwork segment of IP addresses of this interface.

5. Run dhcp select interface to configure the DHCP server to be in address pool mode.

6. Run dhcp server lease { day day [ hour hour [ minute minute ] ] | unlimited } to configurethe IP address lease. The IP address lease is one day.

7. (Optional) Run dhcp server excluded-ip-address start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] toconfigure the IP addresses that are not allocated in the DHCP address pool. Multiple IPaddress segments that are not allocated in the DHCP address pool can be configured byrepeating this step.

8. Configure the customized DHCP information of the address pool of a VLANIF by referringto Table 4-6.

9. Apply the VLANIF on the physical port. Huawei Quidway S6500 will respond the DHCPrequest messages (DHCP Discover messages) that are sent to this physical port.

The following shows the customized information on the DHCP server of Huawei QuidwayS6500. interface vlanif 3600 ip address 20.20.20.20 255.255.255.0 dhcp select interface dhcp server option 43 sub-option 18 ip-address 20.20.21.21 //SeGW IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 35 ip-address 20.20.23.21 //CA IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 28 ip-address 10.141.131.55 //M2000 IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 36 hex 1F 90 //CA port No. dhcp server option 43 sub-option 39 hex 00 //CA communication protocol dhcp server option 43 sub-option 38 ascii C=cn,S=sh,L=qc,O=wl,OU=lte,CN=enbca //CA name dhcp server option 43 sub-option 37 ascii /pkix/ // CA path

Step 3 Configure the authentication access equipment.

The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. HuaweiQuidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.

1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interfaceGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command toenable IEEE 802.1X feature.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

Page 185: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication methodto EAP.

4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network andAAA server.

For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interfacevlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run theip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA serverroute relationship.

5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution namedradius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.481812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primaryauthentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key toitellin.

For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.

Step 4 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.

The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take theHuawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.

1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoXAAA server.

2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensurethat the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private keyuploaded in Step 4.1.

----End

4.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan the

area to which the eNodeB belongs.l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you need

to configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.

– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to theDHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

Page 186: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step is

mandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the

OMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the

OMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server to

an IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:l Common Connection: default connection mode.l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.

Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

Page 187: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

4.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

Page 188: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 4-7.

Table 4-7 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

Page 189: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

Page 190: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

4.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

Page 191: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Contextl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB AlarmsThis section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of the

commissioning has not yet been confirmed.

ContextThe alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarms

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

Page 192: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

by object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

ProcedureStep 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu

of the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason And

Advice.3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault DiagnosisThis section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioning

tasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

Page 193: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specific

alarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning TasksThis section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

ContextFor details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 4-8.

Table 4-8 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

Page 194: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Operation

Description

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

4.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

Page 195: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

Procedure

Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

4.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning ReportsThis section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

ContextThe exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

Page 196: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming conventioneNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check ReportThis section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

ContextTable 4-9 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 4-9 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

Page 197: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarmsNOTE

This item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

Page 198: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

Procedure

Step 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine theeNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

Page 199: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000

This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.

l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.

l The RET software and data configuration file are available.

l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.

l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Context

l Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and dataconfiguration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

Page 200: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

Page 201: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA

2. Set the RET downtilt.MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeB

and the M2000 server.

Contextl The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

Page 202: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT

l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In thissituation, you are not allowed to set any gains.

l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

Page 203: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

4.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parametersincludes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The

Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-17.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

Page 204: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-17 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm

Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. Ifsaving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 4-18.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

Page 205: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 4-18 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-19.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

Figure 4-19 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,

and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

Page 206: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environmentalarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

4.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

Page 207: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

4.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

Page 208: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.

l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.

l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

4.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

Page 209: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

4.2.13 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

Main WindowFigure 4-20 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 4-10 describes thewindow.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

Page 210: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-20 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 4-10 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

Page 211: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window

Figure 4-21 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 4-11describes the window.

Figure 4-21 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 4-11 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

Page 212: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Window for Uploading Data FilesFigure 4-22 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 4-12 describes the window.

Figure 4-22 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 4-12 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 4-13 provides the meanings of the parameters.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

Page 213: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 4-13.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 4-13 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

Page 214: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

Page 215: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

Page 216: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

Page 217: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

Page 218: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

4.3 PnP Remote Commissioning in DifferentiatedEncryption Mode (with the SeGW)

To commission an eNodeB on the M2000 when the SeGW is deployed, you need to enable theplug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB on the M2000 client. If any faults occur duringautomatic commissioning, rectify the faults. After the commissioning is complete, the eNodeBstarts working properly. In this scenario, eNodeB service data is processed in differentiatedencryption mode.

4.3.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryptionmode.

When eNodeB service data is processed in differentiated encryption mode, the eNodeB can useeither PSK-based or PKI-based authentication when establishing IPSec tunnels duringtransmission. Therefore, PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryption mode involvesPSK-based authentication and PKI-based authentication. Figure 4-23 shows the commissioningprocedure.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

Page 219: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-23 Procedure for performing PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryptionmode

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

Page 220: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-14 Commissioning procedure

Step

Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for PnP remote commissioning in differentiatedencryption mode, which involves obtaining eNodeBinformation and commissioning tools, configuring securityequipment, obtaining the eNodeB software and files requiredfor automatic deployment, and obtaining digital certificates.For details, see 4.3.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.3.3 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.

Mandatory

3 Start the eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.3.4Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.

Mandatory

4 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.3.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.

Mandatory

5 Manually obtain the operator' certificate using the M2000only in PKI-based authentication mode. For details, see 4.3.6Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate Manually(with PKI).

Mandatory

6 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.3.7Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

7 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the operatingstatus of the eNodeB. For details, see 4.3.8 Checking theRunning Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.

Mandatory

8 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 4.3.9 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

9 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 4.3.10 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

10 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs on theM2000. RRU and RFU are short for remote radio unit andradio frequency unit, respectively. For details, see 4.3.11Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs orRFUs.

Optional

11 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see4.3.12 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

Page 221: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step

Operation Mandatory/Optional

12 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 4.3.13 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

4.3.2 PreparationsBefore performing plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning in differentiated encryptionmode, you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, upload datafiles as required, configure security equipment, obtain digital certificates, and configure thepublic Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server.

ContextFigure 4-24 shows the procedure for preparing for PnP remote commissioning in differentiatedencryption mode.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

211

Page 222: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-24 Procedure for preparing for PnP remote commissioning in differentiated encryptionmode

Obtaining eNodeB Information and Commissioning ToolsBefore PnP remote eNodeB commissioning, you must obtain eNodeB information andcommissioning tools.

Procedure

Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 4-15.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

Page 223: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-15 Information related to the eNodeB

Item Source or Remarks

eNodeB name Planned by the operator.

eNodeB ID Planned by the operator.

eNodeB electronicserial number (ESN)NOTE

The ESN information isoptional and it iscollected only inscenarios where theESN is used to bind theeNodeB.

ESN identifies an NE uniquely. During network deployment, theinstallation engineer reports the mapping relationship between thelocation of each site and the ESN to the staff at the maintenancecenter.The ESN is attached to the baseband unit (BBU) in the followingtwo ways:l If the fan module on the BBU is not attached with a label, the

ESN is printed on the mounting ear of the BBU, as shown inFigure 4-25. Record the ESN and the site information and thenreport them to the operation and maintenance (OM) personnel.

l If the fan module on the BBU is attached with a label, the ESNis printed on the label of the fan module and the mounting ear ofthe BBU, as shown in Figure 4-26. You must remove the labelto record the site information on the side labeled Site on the label.Then, report the information to the OM personnel.

Figure 4-25 Location of the ESN (I)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

Page 224: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-26 Location of the ESN (II)

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000, as described in Table4-16.

Table 4-16 Tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000

Tool Description

Testing UE The testing UE is functional and is registered in the home subscriberserver (HSS).

----End

Preparing an eNodeB Deployment ListYou need to prepare an eNodeB deployment list before uploading relevant data files.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client if you need to export the eNodeB deployment list

from the M2000 client.l You have obtained planned data for eNodeB deployment from network planning engineers.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the deployment list.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

Page 225: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Option Description

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the CME

If the CME has been deployed and you have initially configured theeNodeB on the CME, it is recommended that you use the CME to exportthe eNodeB deployment list. For detailed operations, see Exporting AutoDeployment Configuration Files in M2000 Help.

Obtain and open the exported deployment list. Check whether the softwareversion, cold patch, and hot patch are consistent with planned ones. If theyare inconsistent, you need to change them as planned. In addition, you needto enter other relevant data.

NOTEThe deployment list must be exported from the CME V200R012C00 or laterreleases.

Deployment listsare exportedfrom the M2000client

If the CME has not been deployed, you can export the eNodeB deploymentlist from the eNodeB Auto Deployment window on the M2000 client.

1. Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB AutoDeployment from the main menu of the Configuration > AutoDeployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeB AutoDeployment window is displayed.

2. Click . The Save dialog box is displayed.3. Specify a save path and click OK.4. Open the exported deployment list and enter or modify relevant data

based on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planningengineers.

NOTEl An eNodeB deployment list is in CSV format and its default name is

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_List.csv. You can enter or modify relevant databased on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planning engineersby referring to Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

l If there is a commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportthe available deployment list and modify it based on the planned data.

l If there is no commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can exportan empty deployment list and enter information based on the planned data.

Before the deployment, check whether the planned target version is consistent with the targetversion in the deployment list.l If they are consistent, use this deployment list to proceed with the deployment.l If they are inconsistent, change the target version in the deployment list to the planned target

version. The following uses eNodeB commissioning as an example.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPCXXX, edit the eNodeB Software

Version field.– If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPHXXX, edit the eNodeB Hot Patch

Version field. In the eNodeB Software Version field, you must enter the correspondingV100R003C00SPCXXX.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

Page 226: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l XXX consists of three digits, indicating the version number.

l Currently, the parameter for the cold patch version in the deployment list is not used.

l When you manually fill out or modify the deployment list, ensure that all the characters you enterare valid. The base station commissioning may fail if you enter invalid characters such as comma(,) and quotation mark (") or press Enter during deployment list modification.

----End

Uploading Data Files

Upload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

l Prepare for the commissioning.

Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.

The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 4-17.

Table 4-17 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

216

Page 227: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

File Type Save Path

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

217

Page 228: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

Page 229: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

Page 230: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

Page 231: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

221

Page 232: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

Page 233: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

Page 234: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

Page 235: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

Page 236: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Obtaining Digital CertificatesBefore commissioning an eNodeB, prepare a Huawei root certificate on the CA server and obtainan operator's root certificate. The CA server uses the Huawei root certificate to authenticate theeNodeB before issuing operator's certificates to the eNodeB. The eNodeB uses the operator'sroot certificate to authenticate the CA server before applying for an operator's device certificate.These digital certificates are required only if the PKI-based authentication is used. If the PSK-based authentication is used, skip this step. PKI is short for public key infrastructure, and PSKis short for Preshared Key.

ContextBefore eNodeB delivery, the Huawei root certificate and Huawei device certificate arepreconfigured in the main control board of the eNodeB by default. The two certificates arepermanently valid.l As a default trusted CA certificate, the Huawei root certificate has been loaded to the

certificate storage area of an eNodeB before delivery. This certificate must be loaded tothe CA server before eNodeB commissioning. In this way, the CA server can authenticatethe eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate based onCertificate Management Protocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The Huawei device certificate is the initial device certificate of an eNodeB. This certificateidentifies the eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate basedon CMPv2.

Figure 4-27 shows the procedure for obtaining digital certificates.

Figure 4-27 Procedure for obtaining digital certificates

ProcedureStep 1 Obtain the operator's root certificate.

Step 2 Load the Huawei root certificate to the CA server.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

Page 237: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Configuring the Security EquipmentOn the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with differentconfiguration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipmentis configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The followingconfigurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices arebased on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

Prerequisitesl Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain

the document from http://support.huawei.com.l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document from

http://support.huawei.com.l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authentication

access equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and thecorresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

ContextWhen the SeGW is deployed, you are required to configure data for the SeGW. When IEEE802.1X-based access control authentication is adopted, you must configure the authenticationaccess equipment and authentication server. Generally, the authentication server refers to theAAA server.

Table 4-18 describes the SeGW configuration.

Table 4-18 SeGW configuration

Item Description

IP address Both the public SeGW and the serving SeGW should be configured withthe IP address of the interface for the untrusted area on the eNodeB side andIP address of the interface for the trusted area on the evolved packet core(EPC) side.

Route l Public SeGW: The routes to the M2000, eNodeB, and temporaryoperation and maintenance (O&M) IP address must be configured.

l Serving SeGW: The routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobility managemententity (MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signaling and service IPaddresses, and O&M IP address must be configured.

IKE localname

The public SeGW and serving SeGW must be configured.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

227

Page 238: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Description

ike proposal l The authentication method parameter can be set to the digitalcertificate mode or pre-shared key mode based on the actual networking.

l The authentication algorithm parameter can be set to SHA_1 orMD5. Generally, this parameter is set to SHA_1.

l The encryption algorithm parameter can be set to AES or DES.Generally, this parameter is set to AES.

l The DH group parameter can be set to DH group2.

acl This item is set to permit ip.

ike peer l Public SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configured basedon the authentication mode specified by ike proposal. local id type isset to name, remote name is set to p-segw, ike proposal can be set toV1 or V2 based on the preceding setting, and ip pool must be configuredto allocate a temporary O&M IP address for the eNodeB.

l Serving SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configured basedon the authentication mode specified by the ike proposal parameter.local id type is set to name, remote name is set to s-segw, ikeproposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the preceding setting.

ipsec proposal encapsulation mode can be set to tunnel or transport. Generally, tunnelis set as the encapsulation mode. transform can be set to esp or AH.Generally, esp is set as the transform mode. esp authentication is set toSHA_1 and esp encryption is set to AES.

ipsec policy-template

The public SeGW and serving security are set to template. ACL must beset based on the preceding settings. If the public SeGW and serving SeGWare the same, ACL must be set to different values. psf group must be set toDH group2. ike peer must be set to different values for the public SeGWand serving SeGW. ipsecproposal must be set based on the precedingsetting.

ipsec policy Configure this item according to configurations of ipsec policy-template.

ipsec bindingto port

policy can be bound to the planned port according to the configurations ofipsec policy.

If the PKI-based authentication is used, IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication canbe performed:

l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and theauthentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.

l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, andthe file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.

Procedure

Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 4-18.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

Page 239: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Configure the authentication access equipment.

NOTEThis step is required only if the PKI-based authentication is used. If the PSK-based authentication is used,skip this step.

The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. HuaweiQuidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.

1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interfaceGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command toenable IEEE 802.1X feature.

3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication methodto EAP.

4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network andAAA server.

For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interfacevlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run theip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA serverroute relationship.

5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution namedradius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.481812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primaryauthentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key toitellin.

For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.

Step 3 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.

The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take theHuawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.

1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoXAAA server.

2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensurethat the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private keyuploaded in Step 3.1.

----End

4.3.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

Page 240: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan the

area to which the eNodeB belongs.l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you need

to configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to the

DHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step is

mandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the

OMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the

OMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server to

an IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

Page 241: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:

l Common Connection: default connection mode.

l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

231

Page 242: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.3.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 4-19.

Table 4-19 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

Page 243: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

Page 244: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

Page 245: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

4.3.5 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning TasksThis section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Contextl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

Page 246: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB AlarmsThis section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of the

commissioning has not yet been confirmed.

ContextThe alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarmsby object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason And

Advice.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

Page 247: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis

This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioningtasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specific

alarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

Page 248: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

Context

For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 4-20.

Table 4-20 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

Page 249: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

4.3.6 Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate Manually (withPKI)

If the PKI-based authentication is used in differentiated encryption mode, an Internet protocolsecurity (IPSec) tunnel must be set up between the eNodeB and the security gateway (SeGW)to ensure that cells are working properly. Before the tunnel setup, digital certificates are requiredfor the authentication between the eNodeB and the SeGW. Therefore, after the eNodeB softwareand data configuration files are activated, and the eNodeB is connected to the M2000, you mustmanually obtain an operator's device certificate from the M2000. This section describes how tomanually obtain an operator's device certificate.

Prerequisites

l If the direct or M2000-assisted certificate management mode based on CertificateManagement Protocol (CMP) is used for applying for certificates, the CA server must bedeployed with the Huawei root certificate loaded.

l If the direct certificate management mode based on CMP is used for applying forcertificates, the eNodeB data configuration file must contain correct information about theCA and certificate request file.

l APPCERT in the eNodeB data configuration file is set to appcert.pem, which indicatesthe preconfigured device certificate. If the operator's device certificate is applied for inoffline mode, this setting is not required.

Procedurel If the eNodeB communicates with the CA server through the non-security domain and CMP

is used as the method for updating certificates, the direct certificate management modebased on CMP is recommended. The procedure is as follows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

Page 250: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Apply for an operator's device certificate by running the REQ DEVCERT commandwith CANAME set to basestationCert.pem and other parameters specified based onsite requirements.

6. Modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to IKE(IKE) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

7. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

8. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to SSL(SSL) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

9. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

10. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queriedvalue of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from thequeried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.

b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to theCA URL after the certificate update.

c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by runningthe RMV CA command.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

Page 251: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command withCANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

l If the eNodeB cannot directly communicate with the CA server through the non-securitydomain but the M2000 can directly communicate with the CA server, proxy is used as themethod for updating certificates, and an M2000 client serves as a proxy of the CA server,the M2000-assisted certificate management mode based on CMP is recommended. Theprocedure is as follows:

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Apply for an operator's device certificate.

a. On the M2000 client, choose Security > Certificate AuthenticationManagement > Certificate Management to open the CertificateManagement window.

b. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree, and select the certificate tobe applied for on the Device Certificate Registration tab page on the right ofthe window. Then, click Apply for Certificate to open the Apply forCertificate dialog box.

c. In the Apply for Certificate dialog box, click Apply for Certificate to start thecertificate application task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

6. Activate the operator's device certificate.

a. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree on the left of the CertificateManagement window, and select the certificate to be activated on the DeviceCertificate tab page on the right of the window. Then, click Activate. In thedisplayed Confirm dialog box, click Yes. The Select Application Type dialogbox is displayed.

b. In the Select Application Type dialog box, select IKE and click OK to start thecertificate activation task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

7. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

Page 252: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

8. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,repeat step 6 but select SSL in the Select Application Type dialog box.

9. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

10. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queriedvalue of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from thequeried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.

b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to theCA URL after the certificate update.

c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by runningthe RMV CA command.

d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command withCANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

l If neither of the eNodeB and the M2000 can directly directly communicate with the CAserver through the non-security domain, the operator's device certificate must be appliedfor in offline mode. The procedure is as follows:

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Create a certificate request file.

a. On the M2000 client, choose Security > Certificate AuthenticationManagement > Certificate Management to open the CertificateManagement window.

b. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree, and select the certificate tobe applied for on the Device Certificate Registration tab page on the right ofthe window. Then, click Create Request File to open the Create RequestFile dialog box.

c. Select the corresponding NE in the Create Request File dialog box and specifythe path in which the certificate request file is to be saved. Then, click OK to

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

Page 253: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

start the file creation task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

6. Submit the certificate request file to the operator to obtain the operator's devicecertificate.

7. Download the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the DLDCERTFILE command.

8. Load the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the ADDCERTMK command.

9. Modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to IKE(IKE) and APPCERT set to thename of the operator's device certificate obtained in the preceding step.

10. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

11. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to SSL(SSL) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

12. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

13. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queried

value of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from the

queried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to the

CA URL after the certificate update.c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by running

the RMV CA command.d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command with

CANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

----End

4.3.7 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

Page 254: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

ProcedureStep 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto

Deployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

4.3.8 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning ReportsThis section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

ContextThe exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

ProcedureStep 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu

of the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

Page 255: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming conventioneNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check ReportThis section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

ContextTable 4-21 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 4-21 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

Page 256: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarmsNOTE

This item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

Page 257: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

Procedure

Step 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine theeNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

Page 258: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.3.9 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000

This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.

l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.

l The RET software and data configuration file are available.

l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.

l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Context

l Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and dataconfiguration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

Page 259: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

Page 260: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA

2. Set the RET downtilt.MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeB

and the M2000 server.

Contextl The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

250

Page 261: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT

l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In thissituation, you are not allowed to set any gains.

l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

Page 262: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

4.3.10 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parametersincludes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The

Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-28.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

252

Page 263: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-28 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm

Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. Ifsaving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 4-29.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

Page 264: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 4-29 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-30.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

Figure 4-30 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,

and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

Page 265: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environmentalarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

4.3.11 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

Page 266: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

4.3.12 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

256

Page 267: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.

l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.

l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

4.3.13 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

257

Page 268: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

4.3.14 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

Main WindowFigure 4-31 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 4-22 describes thewindow.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

258

Page 269: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-31 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 4-22 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

259

Page 270: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window

Figure 4-32 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 4-23describes the window.

Figure 4-32 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 4-23 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

260

Page 271: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Window for Uploading Data FilesFigure 4-33 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 4-24 describes the window.

Figure 4-33 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 4-24 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 4-25 provides the meanings of the parameters.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

261

Page 272: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 4-25.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 4-25 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

262

Page 273: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

263

Page 274: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

264

Page 275: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

265

Page 276: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

266

Page 277: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

4.4 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inUnified Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)

To perform USB-based local eNodeB commissioning in unified encryption mode, you need toupgrade the eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal Serial Bus (USB)flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, create an eNodeBcommissioning task on the M2000.

4.4.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform local eNodeB commissioning using a Universal SerialBus (USB) flash drive in unified encryption mode.

When eNodeB service data is processed in unified encryption mode, the eNodeB can set up anIPSec tunnel using either Preshared Key (PSK)-based or public key infrastructure (PKI)-basedauthentication to implement security authentication after downloading and activating thesoftware and configuration files using a USB flash drive.

After performing deployment operations for the eNodeB at the local end, you can perform remotecommissioning on the M2000 or local commissioning on the LMT. To facilitate centralizedeNodeB maintenance, you are advised to perform remote commissioning on the M2000. Figure4-34 shows the procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive in unifiedencryption mode.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

267

Page 278: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-34 Procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive in unifiedencryption mode

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

268

Page 279: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEYou can insert the USB flash drive before or after the eNodeB is powered on. The figure takes insertingthe USB flash drive after the eNodeB is powered on as an example.

Table 4-26 Commissioning procedure

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for performing USB-based commissioning, whichinvolves obtaining the eNodeB information andcommissioning tools, configuring the security equipment,and obtaining associated files and digital certificates. Fordetails, see 4.4.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Localoperations

Download and activate the eNodeB software and dataconfiguration files using a USB flash drive. For details, see4.4.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive.

Mandatory

3 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,upload the software and files required for M2000-basedremote commissioning. The software and files include acold patch, a hot patch, software for remote electrical tilt(RET) antennas, and a commissioning license file. Fordetails, see 4.4.4 Uploading Data Files.

Optional

4 Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.4.5 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.NOTE

If eNodeB software and data configuration files are alreadyupgraded using a USB flash drive onsite, right-click a deploymentlist imported to the M2000 and choose Task Settings from theshortcut menu. In the displayed Task Settings dialog box, clearthe Download Software, Download Configuration, and Activecheck boxes to skip these steps during the commissioning.

Mandatory

5 Start the eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.4.6Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.

Mandatory

6 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.For details, see 4.4.7 Monitoring eNodeBCommissioning.

Mandatory

7 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.4.8Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

8 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the operatingstatus of the eNodeB. For details, see 4.4.9 Checking theRunning Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

269

Page 280: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

9 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 4.4.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

10 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 4.4.11 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

11 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRUand RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequencyunit, respectively. For details, see 4.4.12 Setting theMaximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.

Optional

12 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see4.4.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

13 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 4.4.14 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

4.4.2 PreparationsBefore local commissioning using a USB flash drive in unified encryption mode, you need tocollect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools and digital certificates, and savethe required files to the USB flash drive.

Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local Commissioning

Before local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive in unified encryption mode, youneed to save the required files in the specified directory in the USB flash drive.

Prerequisitesl In PKI-based authentication mode, the CA server is deployed so that the eNodeB can

download the operator's certificate from the CA server based on Certificate ManagementProtocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The eNodeB software package and data configuration files are available.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

270

Page 281: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEIn PKI-based authentication mode, APPCERT must be set to OPKIDevCert.cer, andTRUSTCERT must be set to the name of the operator's trust certificate in data configuration files.

l The commissioning license is ready if you need to load and activate the license file usingthe USB flash drive.

l The USB flash drive and commissioning files have been scanned by using the antivirussoftware and no virus was detected. The commissioning files include the software package,data configuration file, and license file.

ContextThe security of the USB port is ensured by encryption.

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive, as describedin Table 4-27.

Table 4-27 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive

Tool Description

USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicatesthe data transmission status.

l Capacity ≥ 256 MBl Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,

such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. Inaddition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smartphone.

l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used forother purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those withChinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.

Step 2 Obtain the eNodeB software and files for automatic eNodeB deployment.

NOTE

l The eNodeB software package is ready, and can be downloaded from http://support.huawei.com.The default configuration file (Precfg.ini) is provided in the software package.

l The name of the data configuration file must be CFGDATA.XML (case-sensitive). Performconfigurations according to eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide, change the name of the dataconfiguration file from M2000.XML to CFGDATA.XML, and save the file to a local computer.

Step 3 Save the files required for local commissioning using a USB flash drive in the paths (case-sensitive) on the USB flash drive, as listed in Table 4-28. The saving paths cannot be changedbecause they are defined by the system.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

271

Page 282: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If only one data configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML. If several data configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create severalnew ESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save pathis usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML. The eNodeB preferentially reads the data configuration filein the ESN folder.

l If you want to load BootROM version during the eNodeB deployment, save the BootROM package(FIRMWARE.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package (SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l If you want to load a hot or cold patch during the eNodeB deployment, save the patch package(SWCPATCH.CSP or SWHPATCH.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package(SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l When you save the software package, save the software version file, that is, the .CSP file to usb:\eNodeB\Software\.

l The default configuration file is used to download the files for the boards not configured yet. For detailsabout how to configure the default configuration file, see 5.4 Configuring the Default ConfigurationFile.

l If only one default configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini. If several default configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several newESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path isusb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini. The eNodeB preferentially reads the default configuration file in theESN folder.

l Only one license file is allowed in the folder that contains the license file, and the value of ESN mustbe ANY.

Table 4-28 Saving paths

File Specified File Path in the USB Flash Drive

BootROM software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

eNodeB software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Cold patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Hot patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Data configuration file usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML

License file usb:\eNodeB\License\

Default configuration file usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini

Step 4 (Optional) Encrypt files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 Encrypting Files in theUSB Flash Drive.

Step 5 Perform integrity protection for files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 EncryptingFiles in the USB Flash Drive.

----End

Obtaining Digital CertificatesBefore commissioning an eNodeB, prepare a Huawei root certificate on the CA server. The CAserver uses the Huawei root certificate to authenticate the eNodeB before issuing operator's

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

272

Page 283: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

certificates to the eNodeB. This digital certificate is required only if the PKI-based authenticationis used. If the PSK-based authentication is used, skip this step. PKI is short for public keyinfrastructure, and PSK is short for Preshared Key.

ContextBefore eNodeB delivery, the Huawei root certificate and Huawei device certificate arepreconfigured in the main control board of the eNodeB by default. The two certificates arepermanently valid.l As a default trusted CA certificate, the Huawei root certificate has been loaded to the

certificate storage area of an eNodeB before delivery. This certificate must be loaded tothe CA server before eNodeB commissioning. In this way, the CA server can authenticatethe eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate based onCertificate Management Protocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The Huawei device certificate is the initial device certificate of an eNodeB. This certificateidentifies the eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate basedon CMPv2.

Figure 4-35 shows the procedure for obtaining the digital certificate.

Figure 4-35 Procedure for obtaining the digital certificate

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the Huawei root certificate.

Step 2 Load the Huawei root certificate to the CA server.

----End

Configuring the Security EquipmentOn the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with differentconfiguration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipment

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

273

Page 284: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

is configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The followingconfigurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices arebased on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

Prerequisitesl Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain

the document from http://support.huawei.com.l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document from

http://support.huawei.com.l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authentication

access equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and thecorresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

ContextWhen the SeGW is deployed, you are required to configure data for the SeGW. If digitalcertificates are required for the PKI-based authentication, the customized parameters, such asthe IP addresses of the SeGW and M2000 server, must be set on the public Dynamic HostConfiguration Protocol (DHCP) server. In this way, an Internet protocol security (IPSec) tunnelbetween the eNodeB and the SeGW can be set up, and the eNodeB can be connected to theM2000. When IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication is adopted, you must configurethe authentication access equipment and authentication server. Generally, the authenticationserver refers to the AAA server.

l Table 4-29 describes the SeGW configuration.

Table 4-29 SeGW configuration

Item Description

IP address Both the public SeGW and the serving SeGW should be configured withthe IP address of the interface for the untrusted area on the eNodeB sideand IP address of the interface for the trusted area on the evolved packetcore (EPC) side.

Route l Public SeGW: The routes to the M2000, eNodeB, and temporaryoperation and maintenance (O&M) IP address must beconfigured.

l Serving SeGW: The routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobilitymanagement entity (MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signalingand service IP addresses, and O&M IP address must beconfigured.

IKE localname

The public SeGW and serving SeGW must be configured.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

274

Page 285: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Description

ike proposal l The authentication method parameter can be set to the digitalcertificate mode or pre-shared key mode based on the actualnetworking.

l The authentication algorithm parameter can be set to SHA_1 orMD5. Generally, this parameter is set to SHA_1.

l The encryption algorithm parameter can be set to AES or DES.Generally, this parameter is set to AES.

l The DH group parameter can be set to DH group2.

acl This item is set to permit ip.

ike peer l Public SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by ike proposal. localid type is set to name, remote name is set to p-segw, ikeproposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the preceding setting, andip pool must be configured to allocate a temporary O&M IPaddress for the eNodeB.

l Serving SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by the ike proposalparameter. local id type is set to name, remote name is set to s-segw, ike proposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the precedingsetting.

ipsecproposal

encapsulation mode can be set to tunnel or transport. Generally,tunnel is set as the encapsulation mode. transform can be set to esp orAH. Generally, esp is set as the transform mode. esp authentication isset to SHA_1 and esp encryption is set to AES.

ipsec policy-template

The public SeGW and serving security are set to template. ACL mustbe set based on the preceding settings. If the public SeGW and servingSeGW are the same, ACL must be set to different values. psf groupmust be set to DH group2. ike peer must be set to different values forthe public SeGW and serving SeGW. ipsecproposal must be set basedon the preceding setting.

ipsec policy Configure this item according to configurations of ipsec policy-template.

ipsec bindingto port

policy can be bound to the planned port according to the configurationsof ipsec policy.

l The purposes for configuring the public DHCP server are as follows:

– When an eNodeB sends messages to the public DHCP server to obtain customizedinformation, the public DHCP server can identify that the eNodeB is Huawei eNodeB.

– Then, the public DHCP server returns the customized information to the eNodeB.The public DHCP server needs to configure the information for identifying Huawei eNodeBand the customized information related to Huawei equipment. The customized informationprovides necessary configuration information for the setup of the DHCP server with theSeGW deployed, as described in Table 4-30.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

275

Page 286: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-30 Descriptions of customized information

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description ApplicationScenario

18 IP address of thepublic SeGW

4 Used to establish the IPSecchannel.

Configure thisIP addresswhen theSeGW isdeployed.

19 Domain name ofthe publicSeGW

1~64 Used to establish the IPSecchannel.

When a SeGWis deployed,configure thisdomain nameto obtain theSeGW IPaddress fromthe domainname server(DNS).

22 IP address of theCR or CRLserver

4 Used to download the CRL andcross certificate files.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

23 User name forlogging in to theCR or CRLserver

1~32 Used to log in to the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

24 Password forlogging in to theCR or CRLserver

1~16 Used to log in to the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

25 Path of the crosscertificate on theCR or CRLserver

1~64 Used to save the cross certificateon the CR or CRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

26 Path of the CRLfiles on the CRor CRL server

1~64 Used to save the operator's CRLfile on the CR or CRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

276

Page 287: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description ApplicationScenario

28 IP address of theserver thatallocatesinternal IPaddresses

4 Configured for the DHCP serverthat allocates internal IPaddresses of IPSec tunnels. ThisDHCP server is configured onan M2000 server connected tothe SeGW. Set either this fieldor the 29 field.

Configure thisIP addresswhen all thefollowingconditions aremet when theSeGW isdeployed: (1)The DHCPprocess is usedtwice. (2)Unicast is usedfor thesecondaryDHCPprocess. (3)The IP addressof the DHCPserver of theM2000 isrequired.

29 DHCP serverdomain nameprovided by theM2000

1~64 Provided by the M2000. Configure thisdomain namewhen all thefollowingconditions aremet when theSeGW isdeployed: (1)The DHCPprocess is usedtwice. (2)Unicast is usedfor thesecondaryDHCPprocess. (3)The IP addressof the DHCPserver of theM2000 isobtained basedon the domainname of theDHCP serverprovided bythe M2000.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

277

Page 288: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description ApplicationScenario

31 Local ID of thepublic SeGW

1~32 Local ID of the public SeGW Configure thisID when thelocal ID typeof the SeGW isfully qualifieddomain name(FQDN).

33 Protocol typefor logging in tothe CR or CRLserver

1 Used to describe the protocoltype for logging in to the CR orCRL server.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

34 Port for loggingin to the CR orCRL server

2 Port number of the CR or CRLserver.

Configure thisport numberwhen using theCR or CRLserver.

35 IP address of theCA server

4 Mandatory if the CMPv2interface is used forcommunication. Otherwise, thisfield can be blank. Used whenthe CA server communicateswith the DHCP server providedby the M2000 when the SeGWis deployed.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

36 Port number ofthe CA server

2 Set to 80 or 8080. Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

37 Path of the CA 1~60 Used to save the CA on the CAserver.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

38 CA name 0~100 Used to describe the CA nameon the CA server.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

39 Protocol typefor logging in tothe CA server

1 Used to decide the protocol typefor logging in to the CA. Thevalue 0 indicates HTTP, and thevalue 1 indicates HTTPS.

Configure thisprotocol typewhen using theCA server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

278

Page 289: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

FieldID

Field FieldLength(Unit:Byte)

Description ApplicationScenario

42 DHCP server IPaddressprovided by theM2000

Integermultipleof fourbytes

This is the IP address of theDHCP server provided by theM2000. You can configure IPaddresses of multiple DHCPservers.

Configure thisIP addresswhen theDHCP processis used twiceand unicast isused for thesecondaryDHCP processwhen theSeGW isdeployed.

l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and the

authentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.

l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, andthe file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.

Procedure

Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 4-29.

Step 2 Configure the public DHCP server by referring to Table 4-30.Configuration methods vary according to different DHCP servers. The following part describesthe DHCP server configuration using the interface IP address pool based on Huawei QuidwayS6500.1. Run system-view to enter the system view.2. Run dhcp enable to enable DHCP services.3. Run interface vlanif vlan-id to enter the VLANIF view.4. Run ip address ip-address { mask | mask-length } to configure the IP address of the

VLANIF interface. The range of addresses in the interface address pool equals to thenetwork segment of IP addresses of this interface.

5. Run dhcp select interface to configure the DHCP server to be in address pool mode.6. Run dhcp server lease { day day [ hour hour [ minute minute ] ] | unlimited } to configure

the IP address lease. The IP address lease is one day.7. (Optional) Run dhcp server excluded-ip-address start-ip-address [ end-ip-address ] to

configure the IP addresses that are not allocated in the DHCP address pool. Multiple IPaddress segments that are not allocated in the DHCP address pool can be configured byrepeating this step.

8. Configure the customized DHCP information of the address pool of a VLANIF by referringto Table 4-30.

9. Apply the VLANIF on the physical port. Huawei Quidway S6500 will respond the DHCPrequest messages (DHCP Discover messages) that are sent to this physical port.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

279

Page 290: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

The following shows the customized information on the DHCP server of Huawei QuidwayS6500. interface vlanif 3600 ip address 20.20.20.20 255.255.255.0 dhcp select interface dhcp server option 43 sub-option 18 ip-address 20.20.21.21 //SeGW IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 35 ip-address 20.20.23.21 //CA IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 28 ip-address 10.141.131.55 //M2000 IP address dhcp server option 43 sub-option 36 hex 1F 90 //CA port No. dhcp server option 43 sub-option 39 hex 00 //CA communication protocol dhcp server option 43 sub-option 38 ascii C=cn,S=sh,L=qc,O=wl,OU=lte,CN=enbca //CA name dhcp server option 43 sub-option 37 ascii /pkix/ // CA path

Step 3 Configure the authentication access equipment.

The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. HuaweiQuidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.

1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interfaceGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command toenable IEEE 802.1X feature.

3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication methodto EAP.

4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network andAAA server.

For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interfacevlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run theip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA serverroute relationship.

5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution namedradius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.481812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primaryauthentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key toitellin.

For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.

Step 4 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.

The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take theHuawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.

1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoXAAA server.

2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensurethat the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private keyuploaded in Step 4.1.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

280

Page 291: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.4.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB Flash Drive

The eNodeB automatically downloads the software, data configuration file and license file fromthe USB flash drive. After the download is complete, the eNodeB automatically activates thesoftware, data configuration file, and the license file. Then, the eNodeB is reset.

Prerequisitesl A USB flash drive is ready. The required files are saved in the USB flash drive.l The hardware such as remote radio units (RRUs) and LTE baseband processing units

(LBBPs) have been properly connected.

CAUTIONWhen you save the required files into the USB flash drive, ensure that the locking switch on theUSB flash drive is disabled. In other words, the USB flash drive must be writable.

ContextBefore downloading files from a USB flash drive, the eNodeB verifies the names and formatsof the files.

Before downloading the software and data configuration file, the eNodeB automatically checksthe working mode of the RRU. Then, the eNodeB downloads and activates the correspondingsoftware and data configuration file based on the working mode of the RRU.

You must pay attention to the following points when you download and activate the software,data configuration file, and license file using the USB flash drive:l If the software and data configuration file in the USB flash drive are already activated, they

cannot be reactivated for the same eNodeB because of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC)function. The CRC function can prevent the software and data configuration file from beingreactivated when the USB flash drive is always inserted into the eNodeB. The CRC functioncan also prevent the eNodeB from being reset again after eNodeB deployment using theUSB flash drive.

l If the USB flash drive contains only the eNodeB software and data configuration file, theeNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software, and then downloads and activatesthe data configuration file.

l If the eNodeB software or data configuration file is missing in the USB flash drive, theeNodeB performs the following steps:– If the software is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the data configuration

file and license file except the software.– If the data configuration file is missing, the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum

configuration of the target version and downloads and activates the license file exceptthe data configuration file.

– If the license file is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the software and dataconfiguration file except the license file.

l If the eNodeB software upgrade fails, the eNodeB will roll back to the source version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

281

Page 292: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l Before downloading and activating the data configuration file, the eNodeB does not checkthe compatibility between the data configuration file and the eNodeB software version. TheeNodeB performs the following activities:– If the target software version is not the same as the active software version, the eNodeB

checks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software after thesoftware is upgraded and the eNodeB is reset. If the software is incompatible with thedata configuration file or the download and activation of the data configuration file fail,the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum configuration of the target version.

– If the target software version is the same as the active software version, the eNodeBchecks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software withoutupgrading the software. If the software is incompatible with the data configuration fileor the download and activation of the data configuration file fail, the eNodeB uses thedata configuration file of the source version.

l The eNodeB does not download or activate the eNodeB software, data configuration file,or license file from the USB flash drive in any of the following cases:– The eNodeB software and data configuration file or their saving paths do not exist in

the USB flash drive.– The target software version is the same as the active software version. In this case, the

eNodeB software cannot be downloaded or activated, but the data configuration file andlicense file can be downloaded and activated.

– The data configuration file is the same as the active data configuration. In this case, thedata configuration file cannot be downloaded or activated, but the software and licensefile can be downloaded and activated.

– The license file cannot be downloaded, but the software and data configuration file canbe downloaded and activated in any of the following cases:– The license file to be downloaded is not the commissioning license.– The license file to be downloaded is the commissioning license, but the value of

ESN is not ANY.– The configurations or the names of the license file to be downloaded and the active

license file are the same.

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether the eNodeB is powered on. If it is not powered on, power on the eNodeB. If itis already powered on, go to Step 2.

NOTEEnsure that the RRU is powered on and the common public radio interface (CPRI) connections are correctbefore you power on the eNodeB. Check for faults by monitoring the CPRI indicator status on the LBBPafter the eNodeB is powered on. For details, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Step 2 When the eNodeB operates properly, insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on theBBU3900 main control board. If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 4-36; if anUMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 4-37.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

282

Page 293: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-36 USB port on the LMPT

Figure 4-37 USB port on the UMPT

Step 3 Wait for the eNodeB to automatically upgrade the software and data configuration file.

If the download or activation fails, commission the eNodeB by updating the software and dataconfiguration file in the USB flash drive or using a new USB flash drive.

If the download or activation still fails, perform the local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT.When the software and data configuration file are being upgraded, the normal status of theindicators on the USB flash drive and main control board is shown in Table 4-31. If the indicatorsare abnormal, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

283

Page 294: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-31 Indicator status

Indicator on the USBFlash Drive

RUN Indicator on the LMPT/UMPT

Automatically detectingthe USB flash drive

Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

Downloading the softwareand data configuration filefrom the USB flash drive

Blinking Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Activating the eNodeBsoftware and dataconfiguration file

Steady on Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Starting the eNodeB Steady off Steady on

Normal eNodeB operation Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

WARNINGDo not remove the USB flash drive or reset the eNodeB when downloading or activating theeNodeB software and data configuration file using the USB flash drive. After the download iscomplete, the eNodeB automatically activates the software and data configuration file. Then,the eNodeB is reset.

Step 4 When the download and activation are successful, rectify faults by referring to Checking theStatus of Indicators.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

284

Page 295: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Follow-up Procedure

CAUTIONThe eNodeB software package contains the LMT software. Before downloading the eNodeBsoftware package, pay attention to the following points:

l When the LMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory is limited, the LMPTdoes not support download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Toreduce the eNodeB deployment duration, some of the files of the LMT software areautomatically downloaded from the M2000 to the eNodeB four hours after the eNodeBdeployment. If you need to use the LMT complete package immediately after the eNodeBdeployment, run the SPL SOFTWARE command on the M2000 after the eNodeB isconnected to the M2000. Set Delay Download File Supply Flag to YES(Supply File thatSupport Delay). The remaining files of LMT software are downloaded to the eNodeB. Ifyou want the LMPT to support download of the LMT complete package through the USBflash drive, when preparing the files in the USB flash drive, configure the value ofWEBLMT from the default configuration files as YES (case-insensitive).

l When the UMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory increases. The UMPTsupports download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Therefore,an LMT package is not required after software activation.

4.4.4 Uploading Data FilesUpload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

l Prepare for the commissioning.

Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.

The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 4-32.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

285

Page 296: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-32 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

286

Page 297: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

287

Page 298: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

288

Page 299: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

289

Page 300: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

290

Page 301: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

291

Page 302: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

292

Page 303: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

293

Page 304: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

294

Page 305: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.4.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.

l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan thearea to which the eNodeB belongs.

l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you needto configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.

– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to theDHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step ismandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

295

Page 306: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.

l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.

l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server toan IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:

l Common Connection: default connection mode.

l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

296

Page 307: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

4.4.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 4-33.

Table 4-33 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

297

Page 308: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

298

Page 309: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

299

Page 310: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

4.4.7 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

300

Page 311: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB Alarms

This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of thecommissioning has not yet been confirmed.

Context

The alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarmsby object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

301

Page 312: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.

1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.

2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason AndAdvice.

3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis

This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioningtasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

302

Page 313: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.

1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specificalarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

Context

For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 4-34.

Table 4-34 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

303

Page 314: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Operation

Description

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

4.4.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

Procedure

Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

304

Page 315: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

4.4.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning Reports

This section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

Context

The exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming convention

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

305

Page 316: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report

This section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

Context

Table 4-35 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 4-35 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarms Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

306

Page 317: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

NOTEThis item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

307

Page 318: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

ProcedureStep 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine the

eNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

4.4.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

308

Page 319: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data

configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

309

Page 320: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

310

Page 321: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000

This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.

l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.

l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.

l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeBand the M2000 server.

Context

l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.

l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.

l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.

l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

311

Page 322: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

312

Page 323: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.4.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parametersincludes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The

Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-38.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

313

Page 324: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-38 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm

Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. Ifsaving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 4-39.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

314

Page 325: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 4-39 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-40.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

Figure 4-40 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,

and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

315

Page 326: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment AlarmsThis section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environmentalarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

4.4.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

316

Page 327: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

4.4.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

317

Page 328: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.

l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.

l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.

l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.

l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

4.4.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

318

Page 329: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

4.4.15 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

Main WindowFigure 4-41 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 4-36 describes thewindow.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

319

Page 330: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-41 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 4-36 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

320

Page 331: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window

Figure 4-42 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 4-37describes the window.

Figure 4-42 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 4-37 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

321

Page 332: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Window for Uploading Data FilesFigure 4-43 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 4-38 describes the window.

Figure 4-43 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 4-38 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 4-39 provides the meanings of the parameters.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

322

Page 333: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 4-39.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 4-39 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

323

Page 334: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

324

Page 335: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

325

Page 336: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

326

Page 337: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

327

Page 338: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

4.5 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive inDifferentiated Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)

To commission an eNodeB locally using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode, you need to upgrade the eNodeB software and data configurationfiles using the USB flash drive, and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then,create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.

4.5.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform local commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB)flash drive in differentiated encryption mode.

After eNodeB deployment is complete, you can perform local eNodeB commissioning on thelocal maintenance terminal (LMT) or remote eNodeB commissioning on the M2000. Tofacilitate centralized eNodeB maintenance, you are advised to perform remote eNodeBcommissioning on the M2000. Figure 4-44 shows the procedure for local eNodeBcommissioning using a USB flash drive.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

328

Page 339: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-44 Procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode

NOTEYou can insert the USB flash drive before or after the eNodeB is powered on. The figure takes insertingthe USB flash drive after the eNodeB is powered on as an example.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

329

Page 340: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-40 Commissioning procedure

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for the local eNodeB commissioning, whichinvolves obtaining eNodeB information andcommissioning tools, configuring security equipment, andobtaining related files and digital certificates. For details,see 4.5.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Localoperations

Download and activate the eNodeB software and dataconfiguration files using a USB flash drive. For details, see4.5.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB FlashDrive.

Mandatory

3 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,upload the software and files required for M2000-basedremote commissioning. The software and files include acold patch, a hot patch, software for remote electrical tilt(RET) antennas, and a commissioning license file. Fordetails, see 4.5.4 Uploading Data Files.

Optional

4 Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. Fordetails, see 4.5.5 Creating an eNodeB CommissioningTask.NOTE

If eNodeB software and data configuration files are alreadyupgraded using a USB flash drive onsite, right-click a deploymentlist imported to the M2000 and choose Task Settings from theshortcut menu. In the displayed Task Settings dialog box, clearthe Download Software, Download Configuration, and Activecheck boxes to skip these steps during the commissioning.

Mandatory

5 Start the eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.5.6Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task.

Mandatory

6 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.For details, see 4.5.7 Monitoring eNodeBCommissioning.

Mandatory

7 Manually obtain the operator' certificate using the M2000only in PKI-based authentication mode. For details, see4.5.8 Obtaining an Operator's Device CertificateManually (with PKI).

Mandatory

8 After the eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm theeNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 4.5.9Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

330

Page 341: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

9 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the operatingstatus of the eNodeB. For details, see 4.5.10 Checking theRunning Status of the eNodeB on the M2000.

Mandatory

10 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,see 4.5.11 Commissioning the Antenna System on theM2000.

Optional

11 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 4.5.12 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the M2000.

Optional

12 Remoteoperationson theM2000

Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRUand RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequencyunit, respectively. For details, see 4.5.13 Setting theMaximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.

Optional

13 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see4.5.14 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Optional

14 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 4.5.15 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

4.5.2 PreparationsTo commission an eNodeB locally using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive indifferentiated encryption mode, you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtaincommissioning tools and digital certificates, and save the required files to the USB flash drive.

Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local CommissioningBefore local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive in unified encryption mode, youneed to save the required files in the specified directory in the USB flash drive.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

331

Page 342: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl In PKI-based authentication mode, the CA server is deployed so that the eNodeB can

download the operator's certificate from the CA server based on Certificate ManagementProtocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The eNodeB software package and data configuration files are available.NOTEIn PKI-based authentication mode, APPCERT must be set to OPKIDevCert.cer, andTRUSTCERT must be set to the name of the operator's trust certificate in data configuration files.

l The commissioning license is ready if you need to load and activate the license file usingthe USB flash drive.

l The USB flash drive and commissioning files have been scanned by using the antivirussoftware and no virus was detected. The commissioning files include the software package,data configuration file, and license file.

ContextThe security of the USB port is ensured by encryption.

ProcedureStep 1 Obtain the tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive, as described

in Table 4-41.

Table 4-41 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive

Tool Description

USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicatesthe data transmission status.

l Capacity ≥ 256 MBl Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,

such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. Inaddition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smartphone.

l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used forother purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those withChinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.

Step 2 Obtain the eNodeB software and files for automatic eNodeB deployment.NOTE

l The eNodeB software package is ready, and can be downloaded from http://support.huawei.com.The default configuration file (Precfg.ini) is provided in the software package.

l The name of the data configuration file must be CFGDATA.XML (case-sensitive). Performconfigurations according to eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide, change the name of the dataconfiguration file from M2000.XML to CFGDATA.XML, and save the file to a local computer.

Step 3 Save the files required for local commissioning using a USB flash drive in the paths (case-sensitive) on the USB flash drive, as listed in Table 4-42. The saving paths cannot be changedbecause they are defined by the system.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

332

Page 343: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l If only one data configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML. If several data configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create severalnew ESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save pathis usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML. The eNodeB preferentially reads the data configuration filein the ESN folder.

l If you want to load BootROM version during the eNodeB deployment, save the BootROM package(FIRMWARE.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package (SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l If you want to load a hot or cold patch during the eNodeB deployment, save the patch package(SWCPATCH.CSP or SWHPATCH.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package(SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.

l When you save the software package, save the software version file, that is, the .CSP file to usb:\eNodeB\Software\.

l The default configuration file is used to download the files for the boards not configured yet. For detailsabout how to configure the default configuration file, see 5.4 Configuring the Default ConfigurationFile.

l If only one default configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini. If several default configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several newESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path isusb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini. The eNodeB preferentially reads the default configuration file in theESN folder.

l Only one license file is allowed in the folder that contains the license file, and the value of ESN mustbe ANY.

Table 4-42 Saving paths

File Specified File Path in the USB Flash Drive

BootROM software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

eNodeB software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Cold patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Hot patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\

Data configuration file usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML

License file usb:\eNodeB\License\

Default configuration file usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini

Step 4 (Optional) Encrypt files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 Encrypting Files in theUSB Flash Drive.

Step 5 Perform integrity protection for files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 5.5 EncryptingFiles in the USB Flash Drive.

----End

Obtaining Digital CertificatesBefore commissioning an eNodeB, prepare a Huawei root certificate on the CA server and obtainan operator's root certificate. The CA server uses the Huawei root certificate to authenticate the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

333

Page 344: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB before issuing operator's certificates to the eNodeB. The eNodeB uses the operator'sroot certificate to authenticate the CA server before applying for an operator's device certificate.These digital certificates are required only if the PKI-based authentication is used. If the PSK-based authentication is used, skip this step. PKI is short for public key infrastructure, and PSKis short for Preshared Key.

ContextBefore eNodeB delivery, the Huawei root certificate and Huawei device certificate arepreconfigured in the main control board of the eNodeB by default. The two certificates arepermanently valid.l As a default trusted CA certificate, the Huawei root certificate has been loaded to the

certificate storage area of an eNodeB before delivery. This certificate must be loaded tothe CA server before eNodeB commissioning. In this way, the CA server can authenticatethe eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate based onCertificate Management Protocol version 2 (CMPv2).

l The Huawei device certificate is the initial device certificate of an eNodeB. This certificateidentifies the eNodeB when the eNodeB applies for an operator's device certificate basedon CMPv2.

Figure 4-45 shows the procedure for obtaining digital certificates.

Figure 4-45 Procedure for obtaining digital certificates

ProcedureStep 1 Obtain the operator's root certificate.

Step 2 Load the Huawei root certificate to the CA server.

----End

Configuring the Security EquipmentOn the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with differentconfiguration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipment

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

334

Page 345: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

is configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The followingconfigurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices arebased on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

Prerequisitesl Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain

the document from http://support.huawei.com.

l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document fromhttp://support.huawei.com.

l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authenticationaccess equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and thecorresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

Context

When the SeGW is deployed, you are required to configure data for the SeGW. When IEEE802.1X-based access control authentication is adopted, you must configure the authenticationaccess equipment and authentication server. Generally, the authentication server refers to theAAA server.

Table 4-43 describes the SeGW configuration.

Table 4-43 SeGW configuration

Item Description

IP address Both the public SeGW and the serving SeGW should be configured withthe IP address of the interface for the untrusted area on the eNodeB side andIP address of the interface for the trusted area on the evolved packet core(EPC) side.

Route l Public SeGW: The routes to the M2000, eNodeB, and temporaryoperation and maintenance (O&M) IP address must be configured.

l Serving SeGW: The routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobility managemententity (MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signaling and service IPaddresses, and O&M IP address must be configured.

IKE localname

The public SeGW and serving SeGW must be configured.

ike proposal l The authentication method parameter can be set to the digitalcertificate mode or pre-shared key mode based on the actual networking.

l The authentication algorithm parameter can be set to SHA_1 orMD5. Generally, this parameter is set to SHA_1.

l The encryption algorithm parameter can be set to AES or DES.Generally, this parameter is set to AES.

l The DH group parameter can be set to DH group2.

acl This item is set to permit ip.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

335

Page 346: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Description

ike peer l Public SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configured basedon the authentication mode specified by ike proposal. local id type isset to name, remote name is set to p-segw, ike proposal can be set toV1 or V2 based on the preceding setting, and ip pool must be configuredto allocate a temporary O&M IP address for the eNodeB.

l Serving SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configured basedon the authentication mode specified by the ike proposal parameter.local id type is set to name, remote name is set to s-segw, ikeproposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the preceding setting.

ipsec proposal encapsulation mode can be set to tunnel or transport. Generally, tunnelis set as the encapsulation mode. transform can be set to esp or AH.Generally, esp is set as the transform mode. esp authentication is set toSHA_1 and esp encryption is set to AES.

ipsec policy-template

The public SeGW and serving security are set to template. ACL must beset based on the preceding settings. If the public SeGW and serving SeGWare the same, ACL must be set to different values. psf group must be set toDH group2. ike peer must be set to different values for the public SeGWand serving SeGW. ipsecproposal must be set based on the precedingsetting.

ipsec policy Configure this item according to configurations of ipsec policy-template.

ipsec bindingto port

policy can be bound to the planned port according to the configurations ofipsec policy.

If the PKI-based authentication is used, IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication canbe performed:

l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and theauthentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.

l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, andthe file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.

Procedure

Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 4-43.

Step 2 Configure the authentication access equipment.

NOTEThis step is required only if the PKI-based authentication is used. If the PSK-based authentication is used,skip this step.

The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. HuaweiQuidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.

1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

336

Page 347: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interfaceGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command toenable IEEE 802.1X feature.

3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication methodto EAP.

4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network andAAA server.

For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interfacevlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run theip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA serverroute relationship.

5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution namedradius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.481812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primaryauthentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key toitellin.

For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.

Step 3 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.

The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take theHuawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.

1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoXAAA server.

2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensurethat the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private keyuploaded in Step 3.1.

----End

4.5.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, DataConfiguration File, and License File Using a USB Flash Drive

The eNodeB automatically downloads the software, data configuration file and license file fromthe USB flash drive. After the download is complete, the eNodeB automatically activates thesoftware, data configuration file, and the license file. Then, the eNodeB is reset.

Prerequisites

l A USB flash drive is ready. The required files are saved in the USB flash drive.

l The hardware such as remote radio units (RRUs) and LTE baseband processing units(LBBPs) have been properly connected.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

337

Page 348: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

CAUTIONWhen you save the required files into the USB flash drive, ensure that the locking switch on theUSB flash drive is disabled. In other words, the USB flash drive must be writable.

Context

Before downloading files from a USB flash drive, the eNodeB verifies the names and formatsof the files.

Before downloading the software and data configuration file, the eNodeB automatically checksthe working mode of the RRU. Then, the eNodeB downloads and activates the correspondingsoftware and data configuration file based on the working mode of the RRU.

You must pay attention to the following points when you download and activate the software,data configuration file, and license file using the USB flash drive:l If the software and data configuration file in the USB flash drive are already activated, they

cannot be reactivated for the same eNodeB because of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC)function. The CRC function can prevent the software and data configuration file from beingreactivated when the USB flash drive is always inserted into the eNodeB. The CRC functioncan also prevent the eNodeB from being reset again after eNodeB deployment using theUSB flash drive.

l If the USB flash drive contains only the eNodeB software and data configuration file, theeNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software, and then downloads and activatesthe data configuration file.

l If the eNodeB software or data configuration file is missing in the USB flash drive, theeNodeB performs the following steps:– If the software is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the data configuration

file and license file except the software.– If the data configuration file is missing, the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum

configuration of the target version and downloads and activates the license file exceptthe data configuration file.

– If the license file is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the software and dataconfiguration file except the license file.

l If the eNodeB software upgrade fails, the eNodeB will roll back to the source version.l Before downloading and activating the data configuration file, the eNodeB does not check

the compatibility between the data configuration file and the eNodeB software version. TheeNodeB performs the following activities:– If the target software version is not the same as the active software version, the eNodeB

checks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software after thesoftware is upgraded and the eNodeB is reset. If the software is incompatible with thedata configuration file or the download and activation of the data configuration file fail,the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum configuration of the target version.

– If the target software version is the same as the active software version, the eNodeBchecks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software withoutupgrading the software. If the software is incompatible with the data configuration fileor the download and activation of the data configuration file fail, the eNodeB uses thedata configuration file of the source version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

338

Page 349: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The eNodeB does not download or activate the eNodeB software, data configuration file,or license file from the USB flash drive in any of the following cases:– The eNodeB software and data configuration file or their saving paths do not exist in

the USB flash drive.– The target software version is the same as the active software version. In this case, the

eNodeB software cannot be downloaded or activated, but the data configuration file andlicense file can be downloaded and activated.

– The data configuration file is the same as the active data configuration. In this case, thedata configuration file cannot be downloaded or activated, but the software and licensefile can be downloaded and activated.

– The license file cannot be downloaded, but the software and data configuration file canbe downloaded and activated in any of the following cases:– The license file to be downloaded is not the commissioning license.– The license file to be downloaded is the commissioning license, but the value of

ESN is not ANY.– The configurations or the names of the license file to be downloaded and the active

license file are the same.

ProcedureStep 1 Check whether the eNodeB is powered on. If it is not powered on, power on the eNodeB. If it

is already powered on, go to Step 2.NOTEEnsure that the RRU is powered on and the common public radio interface (CPRI) connections are correctbefore you power on the eNodeB. Check for faults by monitoring the CPRI indicator status on the LBBPafter the eNodeB is powered on. For details, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Step 2 When the eNodeB operates properly, insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on theBBU3900 main control board. If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 4-46; if anUMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 4-47.

Figure 4-46 USB port on the LMPT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

339

Page 350: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-47 USB port on the UMPT

Step 3 Wait for the eNodeB to automatically upgrade the software and data configuration file.

If the download or activation fails, commission the eNodeB by updating the software and dataconfiguration file in the USB flash drive or using a new USB flash drive.

If the download or activation still fails, perform the local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT.When the software and data configuration file are being upgraded, the normal status of theindicators on the USB flash drive and main control board is shown in Table 4-44. If the indicatorsare abnormal, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Table 4-44 Indicator status

Indicator on the USBFlash Drive

RUN Indicator on the LMPT/UMPT

Automatically detectingthe USB flash drive

Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

Downloading the softwareand data configuration filefrom the USB flash drive

Blinking Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Activating the eNodeBsoftware and dataconfiguration file

Steady on Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for0.125s)

Starting the eNodeB Steady off Steady on

Normal eNodeB operation Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

340

Page 351: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

WARNINGDo not remove the USB flash drive or reset the eNodeB when downloading or activating theeNodeB software and data configuration file using the USB flash drive. After the download iscomplete, the eNodeB automatically activates the software and data configuration file. Then,the eNodeB is reset.

Step 4 When the download and activation are successful, rectify faults by referring to Checking theStatus of Indicators.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

CAUTIONThe eNodeB software package contains the LMT software. Before downloading the eNodeBsoftware package, pay attention to the following points:

l When the LMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory is limited, the LMPTdoes not support download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Toreduce the eNodeB deployment duration, some of the files of the LMT software areautomatically downloaded from the M2000 to the eNodeB four hours after the eNodeBdeployment. If you need to use the LMT complete package immediately after the eNodeBdeployment, run the SPL SOFTWARE command on the M2000 after the eNodeB isconnected to the M2000. Set Delay Download File Supply Flag to YES(Supply File thatSupport Delay). The remaining files of LMT software are downloaded to the eNodeB. Ifyou want the LMPT to support download of the LMT complete package through the USBflash drive, when preparing the files in the USB flash drive, configure the value ofWEBLMT from the default configuration files as YES (case-insensitive).

l When the UMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory increases. The UMPTsupports download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Therefore,an LMT package is not required after software activation.

4.5.4 Uploading Data FilesUpload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files requiredfor procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hotpatches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.

PrerequisitesYou have logged in to the M2000 client.

Context

You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

341

Page 352: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l Prepare for the commissioning.Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.

l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized proceduresare available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to theM2000 server.

The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on theM2000 server. For details, see Table 4-45.

Table 4-45 File save paths

File Type Save Path

Softwareversion

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB SoftwareVersion/

Cold or hotpatch

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/

Configuration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/

Deployment list

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/

RETantennasoftwareversion andconfiguration data file

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/

RETantennatemplate

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/RETTemplate/

Commissioning license

/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CommissionLicense/

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload datafiles as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

342

Page 353: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload NEsoftwareversions

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE typesare uploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

343

Page 354: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.NOTE

When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating thatthe NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, youneed to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of basestations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

344

Page 355: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Uploadcoldpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS

Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

345

Page 356: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

346

Page 357: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Upload hotpatches

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploadedat a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.l Upload in batches

One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types areuploaded at a time.1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

347

Page 358: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.

Uploadconfiguration datafiles

1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSSClient to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you wantto upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialogbox is displayed.CAUTION

The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains onlyone XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select theeNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multipleeNodeBName folders at a time.

The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the DestinationPath area. You can only view the path.

Uploaddeployment lists

1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Deployment List dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an emptydeployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are thesame. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out thesetemplates.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

348

Page 359: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

UploadRETantennasoftwareversionsandconfigurati

l Upload one by oneOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select

Software from the File Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

l Upload in batchesOne or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data filescorresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS

Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.

2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE typefrom the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the FileType drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selectingfiles is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK toreturn to the NE File Transfer dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple filescorresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed inthe Source Path area.

5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. Thefiles to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.

6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

349

Page 360: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If youneed to...

Then...

on datafiles

The data file preparation window displays the following detailedinformation about the operations at the bottom of the window:Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, andProgress.

7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions andconfiguration data files are uploaded.

UploadRETantennatemplates

1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client toOSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload RET Template dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system startsuploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.NOTE

If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RETantenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload thetemplate.

Uploadcommissioninglicenses

1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Clientto OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.

2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.

3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files isdisplayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return tothe Upload Commission License dialog box.The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in theDestination Path area. You can only view the path.

4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The systemstarts uploading the data files.The data file preparation window displays the following detailed informationabout the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, SourceFile Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.

5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

350

Page 361: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4.5.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client aftercommissioning preparations are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.

l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan thearea to which the eNodeB belongs.

l If the eNodeB and the M2000 server are located on different network segments, you needto configure the router nearest to the eNodeB as the DHCP relay.

– In an insecure scenario, you need to set the DHCP relay IP address on the router to theDHCP server IP address of the M2000. In a secure scenario, you need to set the DHCPrelay IP address on the router to the common DHCP server IP address and on the securitygateway, you need to set the IP address of the DHCP server to the DHCP server IPaddress of the M2000.

– In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP serverIP address of the M2000 refers to the host IP address.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 Select deployment lists.

1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.

2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.

If you needto...

Then...

Import adeployment listfrom the server

Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-down list box.

Import adeployment listfrom the client

Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step ismandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.

NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NEbelongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

351

Page 362: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.

l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for theOMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.

l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server toan IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.

NOTEOnsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been plannedfor eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.

l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.

l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.

4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.

Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:

l Common Connection: default connection mode.

l SSL Connection: If this mode is selected, you also need to set an authentication mode.Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and OSS Authentication NE, whereAnonymous Authority is the default authentication mode.

NOTETo enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication modefor NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 andNEs in this step.

Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.

After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty valuesand invalid base station configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether theimport succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.

l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for eacheNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tabpage.

l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tabpage.

Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatorywhen you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.

NOTEYou can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring toParameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.

1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cellscontaining parameter values to change the values.

You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, youcan perform the following operations to change the ESNs:

a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.

b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the DeploymentParameter dialog box.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

352

Page 363: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between base stations and theM2000.

2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window andhighlighted in red.

----End

4.5.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning TaskThis section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeBcommissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, theM2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200commissioning tasks can be being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and chooseStart from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.

NOTE

l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.

l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.

For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 4-46.

Table 4-46 Description of commissioning process

No. Procedure

Step Description

1 AutoDiscovery

Check OMchannel

When connection of the transport network isproper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OMchannel to connect to the desired eNodeB basedon the deployment list, and commissions andmaintains the NodeB through this channel.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

353

Page 364: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Wait for manualoperation

After the OM channel is set up, the status of thecommissioning task changes to Waiting formanual operation. Manually confirm thecompletion and proceed with the commissioningafter the commissioning environment of thenetwork is ready.

2 AutoConfiguration

Downloadsoftware

The M2000 automatically checks whether thecurrent eNodeB version is the same as the targetsoftware version given in the deployment list. Ifthe versions are not the same, the M2000automatically downloads software from theserver to the eNodeB.

Downloadconfiguration

The M2000 downloads the desired configurationfile from the server to the eNodeB based on thetarget version information.

Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takeseffect after next reset) and then activate thesoftware (automatic reset).

3 AutoPlanning

Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB autodeployment.

4 Uploadcommissioninglicense

Distributecommissioninglicense

When some eNodeB functions are restrictedbecause the eNodeB uses the default license upondelivery, you need to install a commissioninglicense. The commissioning license has timerestriction. You need to replace thecommissioning license with the commercial oneas soon as possible after the eNodeBcommissioning is complete.

5 Commission RET

Upgrade RETsoftware version

The target RET antenna software version isprovided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliersand saved on the local PC.l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the

sites must be commissioned.l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and

the antennas are managed by the NodeB, youdo not need to commission the RET antennas.

l When antennas are managed by themanagement system of a third party, you donot need to commission RET antennas.

Upgrade RETconfiguration

The RET antenna configuration file is providedby ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RETantenna configuration data may vary according toRET antenna types and suppliers.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

354

Page 365: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

No. Procedure

Step Description

Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissionedcorrectly during the commissioning.

6 Test andmonitor

Test installation& deploymentquality

Services carried on the RF module will beinterrupted during operation. If an RF module isshared by base stations of different RATs,services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.The check may take several minutes. The projectquality check involves the VSWR, offlineintermodulation interference, and crossed pair.

Monitor cellservice status

Check whether any active cells exist under theeNodeB.You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on theM2000 during software commissioning to locateand handle exceptions in time.

7 PerformNHC

Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn theeNodeB operating status.

8 Wait forconfirmation

Wait forconfirmation

After service verification is complete, thecommissioning task is in the Waiting forConfirmation state. You need to manuallyconfirm that the commissioning is complete.

NOTE

The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.

l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceedwith subsequent operations.

l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and amaximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, thesystem issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RFmodules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.

Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures areavailable.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

355

Page 366: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

Not all therequired datafiles are available

1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing checkresults about the required data files.

l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.

l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.

For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning

tasks again.

All the requireddata files areavailable

The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enterthe Running state.NOTE

If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog boxis not displayed.

----End

4.5.7 Monitoring eNodeB CommissioningThis section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn aboutcommissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.

Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on theM2000 to learn about process of the tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.

Context

l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view

commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a

commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does notrestart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. inDescription for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want toperform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You canchoose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query theNE upgrade task.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

356

Page 367: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.TIP

You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:

l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures aredisplayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.

l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to

view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status ofsteps for commissioning procedures.

The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of eachcommissioning substep.

Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number ofcommissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.

----End

Handling eNodeB Alarms

This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automaticallyupgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBsare categorized by object to help you query required alarms.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of thecommissioning has not yet been confirmed.

Context

The alarms are categorized into E1/T1 port alarms, transmission path alarms, antenna alarms,software and configuration alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other alarmsby object type. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specificobjects.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

357

Page 368: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For detailsabout the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB CommissioningWindow.

Step 3 Handle alarms.

1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.

2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason AndAdvice.

3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.

----End

Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis

This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automaticfault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use theautomatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that isbeing commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faultsbased on the diagnosis results.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioningtasks has not yet been confirmed.

Context

CAUTIONeNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to performthe diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.

eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involvesthe VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.

After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task anddisplays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the faultdiagnosis report.

If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

358

Page 369: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from theshortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.

Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.

1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specificalarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object oralarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settingsdialog box is displayed.

2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnosetype area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and thenclick OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.

3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.

During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.

NOTEFault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executedby the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.

4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis tasklist, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.

----End

Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks

This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or startingeNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.

l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.

Context

For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 4-47.

Table 4-47 Operations on commissioning tasks

Operation

Description

Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.

Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.

Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.

Resume

You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

359

Page 370: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Operation

Description

Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and performoperations as required.

If youneed to...

Then...

Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Running state.

Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks arein the Paused state.

Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasksproceed from where they are paused.

Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasksreturn to the Wait for Start state.

Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. TheConfirm dialog box is displayed.

2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End

4.5.8 Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate Manually (withPKI)

If the PKI-based authentication is used in differentiated encryption mode, an Internet protocolsecurity (IPSec) tunnel must be set up between the eNodeB and the security gateway (SeGW)to ensure that cells are working properly. Before the tunnel setup, digital certificates are requiredfor the authentication between the eNodeB and the SeGW. Therefore, after the eNodeB softwareand data configuration files are activated, and the eNodeB is connected to the M2000, you mustmanually obtain an operator's device certificate from the M2000. This section describes how tomanually obtain an operator's device certificate.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

360

Page 371: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl If the direct or M2000-assisted certificate management mode based on Certificate

Management Protocol (CMP) is used for applying for certificates, the CA server must bedeployed with the Huawei root certificate loaded.

l If the direct certificate management mode based on CMP is used for applying forcertificates, the eNodeB data configuration file must contain correct information about theCA and certificate request file.

l APPCERT in the eNodeB data configuration file is set to appcert.pem, which indicatesthe preconfigured device certificate. If the operator's device certificate is applied for inoffline mode, this setting is not required.

Procedurel If the eNodeB communicates with the CA server through the non-security domain and CMP

is used as the method for updating certificates, the direct certificate management modebased on CMP is recommended. The procedure is as follows:

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Apply for an operator's device certificate by running the REQ DEVCERT commandwith CANAME set to basestationCert.pem and other parameters specified based onsite requirements.

6. Modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to IKE(IKE) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

7. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

8. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to SSL(SSL) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

9. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

361

Page 372: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

10. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queried

value of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from the

queried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to the

CA URL after the certificate update.c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by running

the RMV CA command.d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command with

CANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

l If the eNodeB cannot directly communicate with the CA server through the non-securitydomain but the M2000 can directly communicate with the CA server, proxy is used as themethod for updating certificates, and an M2000 client serves as a proxy of the CA server,the M2000-assisted certificate management mode based on CMP is recommended. Theprocedure is as follows:

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Apply for an operator's device certificate.

a. On the M2000 client, choose Security > Certificate AuthenticationManagement > Certificate Management to open the CertificateManagement window.

b. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree, and select the certificate tobe applied for on the Device Certificate Registration tab page on the right ofthe window. Then, click Apply for Certificate to open the Apply forCertificate dialog box.

c. In the Apply for Certificate dialog box, click Apply for Certificate to start thecertificate application task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

6. Activate the operator's device certificate.

a. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree on the left of the CertificateManagement window, and select the certificate to be activated on the Device

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

362

Page 373: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Certificate tab page on the right of the window. Then, click Activate. In thedisplayed Confirm dialog box, click Yes. The Select Application Type dialogbox is displayed.

b. In the Select Application Type dialog box, select IKE and click OK to start thecertificate activation task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

7. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

8. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,repeat step 6 but select SSL in the Select Application Type dialog box.

9. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

10. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queriedvalue of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.

– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from thequeried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.

b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to theCA URL after the certificate update.

c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by runningthe RMV CA command.

d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command withCANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

l If neither of the eNodeB and the M2000 can directly directly communicate with the CAserver through the non-security domain, the operator's device certificate must be appliedfor in offline mode. The procedure is as follows:

1. Log in to the M2000. Remove the original operator's trust certificate by running theRMV TRUSTCERT command with CERTNAME specified according to theoperator's naming rules. Assume that the operator's trust certificate is namedOperationCA.cer.

2. Download an operator's trust certificate file by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand with DSTF specified according to the operator's naming rules, and IP,USR, PWD, and SRCF specified based on site requirements.

3. Add an operator's trust certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT command withCERTNAME set to OperationCA.cer.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

363

Page 374: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

4. Modify the registration information used to create a certificate request by running theMOD CERTREQ command with COMMNAME set to ESN(ESN) andUSERADDINFO set to ESN.huawei.com.

5. Create a certificate request file.

a. On the M2000 client, choose Security > Certificate AuthenticationManagement > Certificate Management to open the CertificateManagement window.

b. Select the corresponding NE in the navigation tree, and select the certificate tobe applied for on the Device Certificate Registration tab page on the right ofthe window. Then, click Create Request File to open the Create RequestFile dialog box.

c. Select the corresponding NE in the Create Request File dialog box and specifythe path in which the certificate request file is to be saved. Then, click OK tostart the file creation task. When Status in the lower part is Success, the task iscomplete.

6. Submit the certificate request file to the operator to obtain the operator's devicecertificate.

7. Download the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the DLDCERTFILE command.

8. Load the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the ADDCERTMK command.

9. Modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to IKE(IKE) and APPCERT set to thename of the operator's device certificate obtained in the preceding step.

10. (Optional) If the common connection mode is configured in the eNodeBcommissioning task, but the SSL connection mode is used, change the NE connectionmode by performing the following operations: Select the corresponding NE on theMain Topology tab page of the M2000 client. Right-click the NE and selectProperties. In the displayed NE Property dialog box, change NE ConnectionMode to SSL Connection and OSS Authentication Mode to OSS AuthenticationNE.

11. (Optional) If the operator's certificates are also required in SSL connection mode,modify information about the eNodeB device certificate by running the MODAPPCERT command with APPTYPE set to SSL(SSL) and APPCERT set tobasestationCert.pem, which is the name of the operator's device certificate obtainedin the preceding step.

12. Remove the original operator's device certificate by running the RMV CERTMKcommand with APPCERT set to OPKIDevCert.cer.

13. (Optional) Modify the configuration of the CA server based on the deployment of theoperator's CA server.

a. Query the the CA name and uniform resource locator (URL) for eNodeBdeployment by running the LST CA command and check the values ofCertificate Authority Name and Certificate Authority URL in the commandoutput.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is the same as the queried

value of Certificate Authority Name, go to b.– If the CA name after a certificate update in the future is different from the

queried value of Certificate Authority Name, go to c.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

364

Page 375: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

b. Change the CA URL by running the MOD CA command with URL set to theCA URL after the certificate update.

c. Remove the CA URL that is different from the operator's CA URL by runningthe RMV CA command.

d. Modify the CA configuration by running the ADD CA command withCANAME and URL set to the CA name and URL after the certificate update,respectively.

----End

4.5.9 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning CompletionWhen the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, youneed to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.

Procedure

Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.

Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioningtask list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.

----End

4.5.10 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB throughthe M2000.

Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning ReportsThis section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeBcommissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, errorinformation, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning taskswhen the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.

Prerequisitesl You have logged in to the M2000 client.l Commissioning tasks are running.

ContextThe exported commissioning report records the information about only the selectedcommissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generatedcommissioning report does not contain the information about this task.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

365

Page 376: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified asthe date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.

Procedure

Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > NodeB Auto Deployment from the main menuof the Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment client. The eNodeBAuto Deployment window is displayed.

Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you wantto export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report fromthe shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at thesame time.

If... Then...

You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.

You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.

You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming conventioneNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_user name_YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.zip. For example,eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_admin_20100812202524.zip.

Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-clickindex.html to view the commissioning report.

If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm datais saved in the alarm sub-folder.

----End

Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check ReportThis section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health checkreport to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.

PrerequisitesThe eNodeB commissioning report is available.

ContextTable 4-48 shows the eNodeB health checklist.

Table 4-48 eNodeB health checklist

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB softwareversion

eNodeB software status Check the operating status of theeNodeB software.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

366

Page 377: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

eNodeB software versioninformation

Check the information about therunning eNodeB softwareversion.

Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.

Environment temperature andhumidity

Check the environmenttemperature and humidity.

eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB typeis correct in the dataconfiguration.

Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective dataapplied to modules is consistentwith the configured data in thedatabase.

Active alarms Check for the active alarmsreported by an NE.

Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.

MBTS alarmsNOTE

This item is notrequired for a single-mode eNodeB.

Inter-RAT communicationalarms

Check the status of inter-RATcommunication.

Inter-RAT BBU board parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor BBU boards.

Inter-RAT cabinet configurationconflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forcabinets.

Inter-RAT monitoring deviceparameter settings conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor monitoring devices.

Inter-RAT board objectconfiguration conflict alarms

Check inter-RAT configurationsare consistent for board objects.

Inter-RAT RF unit parametersettings conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATparameter settings are consistentfor RF units.

Inter-RAT site-levelconfiguration conflict alarms

Check whether inter-RATconfigurations are consistent forsites.

Inter-RAT control rights conflictalarms

Check whether inter-RATcontrol rights are consistent.

RF unit working mode and boardcapability mismatch alarms

Check whether the workingmode for the RF unit matches theboard capability.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

367

Page 378: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Subitem Description

Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.

Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmitchannel.

Receive channel status Check the status of the receivechannel.

RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.

Memory usage Check the memory usage.

Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flashmemory.

Board status Check the status of a board.

Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2interface and the informationabout the peer eNodeB.

S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1interface and the informationabout the MME.

GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings forthe Ethernet port.

E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings forthe E1/T1 port.

Remote maintenance channelstatus

Check the parameter settings forall remote maintenance channelsof the eNodeB.

SCTP link status Check the parameter settings forthe SCTP link.

IP path status Check the parameter settings foran IP path.

CPRI port status Check the parameter settings forthe CPRI port.

Clock status Clock status Check the status of the currentclock in the basic cabinet,including the reference clock,clock quality, clock priority,clock working mode, and statusof the phase-locked loop.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

368

Page 379: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine theeNodeB operating status.

Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarmsby referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does notwork properly, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.

You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in

the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse CurrentAlarm in the M2000 Online Help.

l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Alarm List from the shortcutmenu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details

Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

4.5.11 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electricaltilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).

(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase arenot selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after thecommissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission theRET antenna.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data

configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RETovercurrent or undercurrent alarms.

l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, theRET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

369

Page 380: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

370

Page 381: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMA on the M2000

This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whetherthe current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they aredifferent, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMAautomatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

371

Page 382: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeBand the M2000 server.

Context

l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.

l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.

l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.

l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.

l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

372

Page 383: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

4.5.12 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe M2000

After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeand add user-defined alarms as required.

Prerequisitesl The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly

set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) ProductDescription, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Descriptionand EMUA User Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parameters

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

373

Page 384: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

includes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. Whensetting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specificsubrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.

1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.

2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. TheAdd User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-48.

Figure 4-48 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including AlarmName, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.

NOTE

l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033to 65233.

l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the doorstatus alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must alsobe 65035.

4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NEAlarm Setting window.

5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.

If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. If

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

374

Page 385: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

saving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify thefault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.

Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-

defined alarm binding relationship.l Single binding

a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shownin Figure 4-49.

b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Searchby name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Eventnavigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in themiddle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set bindingparameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.

NOTEIf a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify acondition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you mustset upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.

c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in theNE Alarm Setting window.

Figure 4-49 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding

a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm BindingTemplate dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-50.Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records onthe Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

375

Page 386: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-50 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,and specify the save path and name for the exported template.

c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to theexample in the template.

d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.Then, click OK.

The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the

Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.

3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.

A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful

or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icondisappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failurecause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.

----End

Checking for External Environment Alarms

This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faultsand Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environment

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

376

Page 387: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm isreported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

4.5.13 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

377

Page 388: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

4.5.14 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

378

Page 389: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

4.5.15 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

ProcedureStep 1 Query the eNodeB state.

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance

Mode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

4.5.16 References to eNodeB CommissioningThis chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to thedeployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.

Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning WindowThis section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the functionof each element.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

379

Page 390: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Main WindowFigure 4-51 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 4-49 describes thewindow.

Figure 4-51 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 4-49 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A messagewill be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

380

Page 391: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

2 Commissioning task list

Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You canright-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu itemfrom the shortcut menu to perform an operation.NOTEl By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a

specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,

click on the toolbar.

l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automaticconfiguration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or deletethe commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades butproceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When thesystem displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NEupgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deploymentagain, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can chooseSoftware > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Taskto query the NE upgrade task.

3 Shortcutmenu

You can right-click a task, and then choose the correspondingmenu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.

4 Operationresult

Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring WindowFigure 4-52 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 4-50describes the window.

Figure 4-52 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

381

Page 392: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-50 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 Alarm objecttree

After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of thisobject type in the alarm list in the right pane.

2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type aredisplayed in the alarm list.

3 Diagnosistask list

Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

Window for Uploading Data Files

Figure 4-53 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 4-51 describes the window.

Figure 4-53 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 4-51 Window description

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.

2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

382

Page 393: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AreaNo.

ElementName

Description

3 Tab named aftera data file type

Displays tabs named after data file types that are required forcommissioning.

4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the typeof data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment ListThis section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.

Table 4-52 provides the meanings of the parameters.

NOTE

l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:

l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.

l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not tobe exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.

l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited inthe auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is importedinto the M2000.

l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory columnin Table 4-52.

l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in thedeployment.

Table 4-52 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No

eNodeB Name Name of theeNodeB. Theparameter contains0 to 64 characters.

Yes Yes No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

383

Page 394: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeBbackplane.The ESN uniquelyidentifies aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

Deployment ID ID for deploying aneNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMInterface Type

Type of the interfacefor carrying the OMchannel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OMBearing Board

Board carried by theOM channel of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB OM IPAddress

IP addresses of theOM channel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

384

Page 395: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OM IPSubnet Mask

IP address subnetmask of the OMchannel for theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Address

Interface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB InterfaceIP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask of theinterface IP addressused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Address

IP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB M2000IP Subnet Mask

Subnet mask for theIP address of theM2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

385

Page 396: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB OM NextHop IP Address

Next-hop IP addressfrom the eNodeB tothe M2000.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN ID

VLAN ID of theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB OMVLAN Priority

VLAN priority ofthe OM channelused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeB ServingSecGW IPAddress

IP address of thesecurity gatewayused by the eNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

386

Page 397: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB ServingSecGW LocalName

Name of the securitygateway used by theeNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

No

eNodeBLongitude

Longitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB Latitude Latitude of theeNodeB.

Yes Yes No

eNodeB SoftwareVersion

Software versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB ColdPatch Version

Cold patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

387

Page 398: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Parameter Field Description Mandatory

Export Using theCME by Default

AutoDeploymentWindow CanBe Edited

eNodeB HotPatch Version

Hot patch versionnumber of the targeteNodeB.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

eNodeB PhysicalLocation

Physical position ofthe eNodeB. Thisparameter contains0 to 128 characters.

Yes Yes No

Contact Onsite personneland contactinformation.

No l If the parameterhas been set onthe CME,export theparameter.

l If the parameterhas not been seton the CME, donot export theparameter.

Yes

4.6 Local Commissioning on the LMT(with the SeGW)To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need toupgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna linedevices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish theoperation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000server.

4.6.1 Commissioning ProcedureThis section describes how to perform eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the securitygateway (SeGW) is deployed.

Figure 4-54 shows the procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW isdeployed.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

388

Page 399: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-54 Procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW is deployed

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

389

Page 400: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-53 Commissioning procedure

Step Operation Mandatory/Optional

1 Local andremotecooperativeoperations

Prepare for performing LMT-based commissioning, whichinvolves obtaining the eNodeB information andcommissioning tools, configuring the security equipment,and obtaining associated files and digital certificates. Fordetails, see 4.6.2 Preparations.

Mandatory

2 Localoperationson the LMT

Download and activate eNodeB software and dataconfiguration files on the LMT. For details, see 4.6.3Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software andData Configuration File on the LMT.

Mandatory

3 Download the license file for eNodeB commissioning onthe LMT. For details, see 4.6.4 Downloading the Licensefor eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT.

Optional

4 Commission the antenna system on the LMT. For details,see 4.6.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on theLMT.

Optional

5 After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,commission the equipment so that it operates properly. Fordetails, see 4.6.6 Commissioning the EnvironmentMonitoring Equipment on the LMT.

Optional

6 Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRUand RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequencyunit, respectively. For details, see 4.6.7 Setting theMaximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.

Optional

7 Handle eNodeB alarms on the LMT. For details, see 4.6.8Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT.

Mandatory

8 Check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Fordetails, see 4.6.9 Checking the Operating Status of theeNodeB on the LMT.

Mandatory

9 Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see4.6.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.

Mandatory

10 Remoteoperationson theM2000

After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,establish an operation and maintenance (OM) link for theeNodeB on the M2000. For details, see 4.6.11 Establishingan OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB.

Mandatory

11 After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeBstarts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to thenormal state on the M2000. For details, see 4.6.12 Settingan NE to the NORMAL Mode.

Mandatory

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

390

Page 401: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEAfter an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly byobserving the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations forrectifying possible faults, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

4.6.2 PreparationsBefore local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW is deployed in the network,you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and configure theFile Transfer Protocol (FTP) server. If digital certificate files are unavailable in PKI-basedauthentication mode, obtain digital certificates and add them to the eNodeB using the LMT.

Obtaining Related Information and Tools Required for eNodeB Commissioningon the LMT

Before local eNodeB commissioning on the local maintenance terminal (LMT), you must obtainrelated eNodeB information and commissioning tools.

Procedure

Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 4-54.

Table 4-54 Information related to the eNodeB

Item Source or Remarks

eNodeB name Planned by the operator

eNodeB ID Planned by the operator

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for local commissioning on the LMT, as described in Table 4-55.

Table 4-55 Tools required for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT

Tool Description

Laptop l The hardware configuration, software configuration, andcommunication capabilities of the laptop must meetrequirements. For details, see System Requirements for theLMT Installation in the eNodeB LMT User Guide.

l The software and data configuration file required for eNodeBcommissioning on the LMT are saved in the laptop.

Ethernet cable LMPT: The Ethernet cable directly connects the laptop to theeNodeB. UMPT: The Ethernet cable connects the laptop to the USB-to-Ethernet port transfer cable.

Local maintenanceadapter (LMA)

The LMA connects the USB port on the UMPT to the Ethernet cable.

Testing UE The testing UE is functional and has been registered with the homesubscriber server (HSS).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

391

Page 402: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

----End

Obtaining Digital CertificatesBefore commissioning an eNodeB, obtain the operator's root certificate and the eNodeBcertificate request file. The operator's root certificate is used for the eNodeB to authenticate theSeGW when establishing IPSec tunnels, and the eNodeB certificate request file is used to obtainthe operator's device certificate in offline mode.

ContextFigure 4-55 shows the procedure for obtaining digital certificates.

Figure 4-55 Procedure for obtaining digital certificates

Procedure

Step 1 Obtain the operator's root certificate.

Step 2 Generate the certificate request file on the eNodeB.Run the CRE CERTREQFILE command with FILENAME set to the name of the certificaterequest file (in the XXX.req format) and REQMODE set to NEW.

----End

Configuring the Security EquipmentOn the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with differentconfiguration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipmentis configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The followingconfigurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices arebased on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

392

Page 403: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain

the document from http://support.huawei.com.l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document from

http://support.huawei.com.l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authentication

access equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and thecorresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

ContextIn scenarios with the security gateway (SeGW) deployed, the SeGW must be configured. If theeNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, authentication access equipment andauthentication server must be configured. Generally, the authentication server refers to theAuthentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.

l Table 4-56 describes the SeGW configuration.

Table 4-56 SeGW configurations

Item Description

IP address Both the public SeGW and the serving SeGW should be configured withthe IP address of the interface for the untrusted area on the eNodeB sideand IP address of the interface for the trusted area on the evolved packetcore (EPC) side.

Route l Public SeGW: The routes to the M2000, eNodeB, and temporaryoperation and maintenance (O&M) IP address must beconfigured.

l Serving SeGW: The routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobilitymanagement entity (MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signalingand service IP addresses, and O&M IP address must beconfigured.

IKE localname

The public SeGW and serving SeGW must be configured.

ike proposal l The authentication method parameter can be set to the digitalcertificate mode or pre-shared key mode based on the actualnetworking.

l The authentication algorithm parameter can be set to SHA_1 orMD5. Generally, this parameter is set to SHA_1.

l The encryption algorithm parameter can be set to AES or DES.Generally, this parameter is set to AES.

l The DH group parameter can be set to DH group2.

acl This item is set to permit ip.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

393

Page 404: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Item Description

ike peer l Public SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by ike proposal. localid type is set to name, remote name is set to p-segw, ikeproposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the preceding setting, andip pool must be configured to allocate a temporary O&M IPaddress for the eNodeB.

l Serving SeGW: The key or certificate domain must be configuredbased on the authentication mode specified by the ike proposalparameter. local id type is set to name, remote name is set to s-segw, ike proposal can be set to V1 or V2 based on the precedingsetting.

ipsecproposal

encapsulation mode can be set to tunnel or transport. Generally,tunnel is set as the encapsulation mode. transform can be set to esp orAH. Generally, esp is set as the transform mode. esp authentication isset to SHA_1 and esp encryption is set to AES.

ipsec policy-template

The public SeGW and serving security are set to template. ACL mustbe set based on the preceding settings. If the public SeGW and servingSeGW are the same, ACL must be set to different values. psf groupmust be set to DH group2. ike peer must be set to different values forthe public SeGW and serving SeGW. ipsecproposal must be set basedon the preceding setting.

ipsec policy Configure this item according to configurations of ipsec policy-template.

ipsec bindingto port

policy can be bound to the planned port according to the configurationsof ipsec policy.

l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and the

authentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.

l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, andthe file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.

Procedure

Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 4-5.

Step 2 Ensure that the Huawei root CA certificate and Huawei CRL file are configured on the SeGW.

Step 3 Configure the authentication access equipment.

The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. HuaweiQuidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.

1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.

2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

394

Page 405: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interfaceGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command toenable IEEE 802.1X feature.

3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication methodto EAP.

4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network andAAA server.

For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interfacevlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run theip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA serverroute relationship.

5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution namedradius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.481812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primaryauthentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key toitellin.

For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.

Step 4 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.

The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take theHuawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.

1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoXAAA server.

2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensurethat the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private keyuploaded in Step 4.1.

----End

Configuring the FTP ServerThis section describes how to log in to the eNodeB using the LMT to configure the File TransferProtocol (FTP) server before performing LMT-based local commissioning.

Prerequisitesl The firewall has been disabled between the FTP server and the eNodeB.l All the FTP servers on the LMT PC have been disabled.l The software and data configuration file are available and saved in the same directory on

the LMT PC.

CAUTIONThe save path must contain folders of less than three levels. If the save path contains foldersof more than three levels, downloading files using the FTP server may fail.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

395

Page 406: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

ContextThe FTP server IP address refers to the IP address of the LMT PC and must be on the samenetwork segment as the local maintenance IP address of the LTE main processing transmissionunit (LMPT).

Procedure

Step 1 Type the local maintenance IP address of the LMPT in the address box of the Internet Explorer.The default IP address is 192.168.0.49.

Step 2 Click Go to. The LMT login page is displayed. The default user name and password are adminand hwbs@com (case sensitive), respectively.

Step 3 Download the FTP server software if no FTP server is available.1. On the LMT, click the Software Management tab. The Software Management tab page

is displayed.2. In the navigation tree, double-click FTP Server Configuration. The FTP Server

Configuration window is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-56.

Figure 4-56 FTP Server Configuration window

3. Click Download FTP Tool. The File Download-Security Warning dialog box is

displayed.4. Click Save to save the FTP server software package (SFTPServer.exe) to the LMT PC.

Step 4 Configure the FTP server.1. Double-click SFTPServer.exe to start the FTP server. The FTP server icon is displayed as

in the status area on the right of the taskbar.

2. Right-click and choose FTP server configure from the shortcut menu. The FTP serverconfiguration dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-57.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

396

Page 407: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-57 FTP server configuration dialog box

3. Set User name, Password, and Working directory for the FTP server. The default username and password are admin. Working directory must be set to the directory where thesoftware and data configuration file are saved. The default transmission security mode isBoth.

4. Click OK.

Step 5 Save the FTP server configuration on the LMT main window.

1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management tab page isdisplayed.

2. On the FTP Server Configure tab page, set IP address for the FTP server.

3. Enter User name and Password based on the settings in Step 4.3. The default name andpassword are admin.

4. Click Save to save the FTP server configuration.

----End

Downloading the Digital Certificate on the LMT

When the security gateway (SeGW) is deployed in the network, the digital certificate must beadded to the eNodeB on the local maintenance terminal (LMT) if there is no data configurationfile.

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeBin the same Intranet.

l The FTP user can access the specified directory.

l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

l The FTP server configuration is complete.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

397

Page 408: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The operator's root Certificate Authority (CA) certificate and Charging Rule Language(CRL) file are available, and they are saved in the same directory as that of the eNodeBsoftware and data configuration files.

CAUTIONThe saving path cannot contain folders saved in more than three levels. If the saving pathcontains folders saved in more than three levels, the downloading of files from the FTPserver fails.

Procedure

Step 1 Download the operator's root CA certificate and CRL file to the eNodeB by running the DLDCERTFILE command.

Step 2 Add the operator's root CA certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT.

Step 3 Add the operator's CRL file by running the ADD CRL command.

Step 4 Export the certificate request file by running the ULD NEFILE command.

Step 5 Use the certificate request file to apply for the operator's device certificate in offline mode.

Step 6 Download the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the DLD CERTFILEcommand.

Step 7 Load the operator's device certificate to the eNodeB by running the ADD CERTMK command.

Step 8 Activate the operator's device certificate on the eNodeB by running the MOD APPCERTcommand.

----End

4.6.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and DataConfiguration File on the LMT

This section describes how to download and activate the eNodeB software and data configurationfile on the LMT. The eNodeB software and data configuration file take effect after the eNodeBis reset.

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The FTP server is connected to the eNodeB in the same network segment and is functioning

properly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

Contextl You can obtain the eNodeB software package from http://support.huawei.com/ and save

it onto the local computer. The eNodeB software package has been digitally signed. If the

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

398

Page 409: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

eNodeB software package has been tampered with, a warning message is displayed whenthe package is being downloaded. In this situation, you must obtain a correct eNodeBsoftware package.

l The name of the data configuration file for local commissioning on the LMT is LMT.xml.The file name is case-sensitive. You can configure the data configuration file by referringto the eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide and save it onto the local PC. Then, change thefile name to LMT.xml.

l If you configure eNodeB parameters by running MML commands, do not download oractivate the LMT.xml file.

ProcedureStep 1 In the MML window on the LMT, run the LST VER command to query the active eNodeB

software version.

If... Then...

The active software version isthe target software version

Download and activate only the data configuration file.

The active software version isnot the target software version

Download and activate both the eNodeB software and dataconfiguration file.

Step 2 Download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the GUI or MMLcommands.l Using GUI

1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management dialog box isdisplayed.

NOTEIf the software management function on the LMT is unavailable, the LMT provides a minimumconfiguration. In this case, you must supplement the LMT software package to a complete oneto download the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the software managementfunction. For details, see How to Switch a Minimum LMT Package to a Complete LMT Packagein eNodeB LMT User Guide.

2. In the navigation tree, double-click Download and Activate Software. The Downloadand Activate Software window is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-58.

Figure 4-58 Download and Activate Software window

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

399

Page 410: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

3. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1 and set the parameters related to the

tasks.

NOTE

l You are advised to select YES(Delay Download) before downloading the eNodeB software.After the software activation is complete, you can use only the basic LMT functions. To useall LMT functions, run the SPL SOFTWARE command with Delay Download File SupplyFlag set to YES(Supply File that Support Delay).

l If you have selectedYES(Delay Download), but did not supplement the software, you canuse only the basic LMT functions. However, this does not affect the establishment of an OMLbetween the M2000 and the eNodeB.

l If you have selectedNO(Not Delay Download), you can use all LMT functions after thesoftware is activated. However, the eNodeB deployment will be prolonged for 10 minutes.

l You can select XML or DBS, depending on the type of the data configuration file to bedownloaded and activated.

l You must enter the version number of the target software for activation.

l You must save the eNodeB software package, data configuration file, and license file in thesame directory on the FTP server.

4. Click Execute. The eNodeB performs the selected tasks in sequence. There is a progressbar under the Execute button, indicating the current progress and task status. When theprogress bar of each task displays 100%, the download and activation are complete.

NOTE

l If a task is not selected, the eNodeB skips the task and goes to the next task.

l If a task fails, the eNodeB stops the task and subsequent tasks.

l After the data configuration file is activated, it will take effect by default when the eNodeB isreset.

l After the eNodeB software is activated, the software will take effect when the eNodeBautomatically resets. If the data configuration file has been activated, it will also take effect whenthe eNodeB resets.

l Using MML commands

1. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1. Table 4-57 describes the mappingbetween tasks and MML commands.

Table 4-57 Mapping between tasks and MML commands

Sequence Task MML Command

1 Download theBootROM

DLD SOFTWARE

2 Activate theBootROM

ACT SOFTWARE

3 Download theeNodeB software

DLD SOFTWARE

4 Download the dataconfiguration file

DLD CFGFILE

5 Activate the dataconfiguration file

ACT CFGFILE

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

400

Page 411: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Sequence Task MML Command

6 Activate theeNodeB software

ACT SOFTWARE

7 Query the softwaremanagement statusNOTE

The commandsupports queryingthe download,activation, andsupplement status ofthe software.

DSP SOFTSTATUS

CAUTIONl After the eNodeB software is downloaded and activated and the eNodeB resets, log in to the

eNodeB using the LMT within 30 minutes. Otherwise, the eNodeB will roll back to the sourceversion.

l The eNodeB automatically resets after the eNodeB software is activated. Before the eNodeBautomatically resets, do not run a reset command to reset the eNodeB or boards, power offthe eNodeB, or remove any boards. Because such operations may lead to download andactivation failures, or may clear or damage the software and files on the eNodeB.

----End

4.6.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on theLMT

After downloading the commissioning license to the eNodeB on the LMT, you are authorizedto use the eNodeB software.

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The commissioning license is available on the FTP server.

ContextApply for the commissioning license of the eNodeB with the help of Huawei technical support.

NOTEThe commissioning license has a time limit. Replace the commissioning license with a commercial license intime after the eNodeB commissioning is complete.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

401

Page 412: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Run the INS LICENSE command to download and activate the license file on the eNodeB.

----End

4.6.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMTThis section describes how to commission the antenna system on the local maintenance terminal(LMT), which involves commissioning antenna line devices (ALDs) such as remote electricaltilt (RET) antennas and tower-mounted amplifiers (TMAs) and measuring voltage standing waveratios (VSWRs).

Prerequisitesl The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The license for ALD management is available.

Commissioning the RET AntennaThis section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt(RET) antenna, including downloading the RET software and data configuration file, calibratingthe RET antenna, setting the RET antenna downtilt, and querying RET overcurrent orundercurrent alarms. The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data.Otherwise, the RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.

Prerequisitesl The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.l The RET software and data configuration file are available.l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.

ContextFigure 4-59 shows the procedure for commissioning the RET antenna.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

402

Page 413: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-59 Procedure for commissioning the RET antenna

Table 4-58 describes the preparations for commissioning the RET antenna.

Table 4-58 Preparations for commissioning the RET antenna

Item Description

RET software The RET software is supplied by the ALDvendor.

RET data configuration file The RET data configuration file is suppliedby the ALD vendor. The configuration datavaries according to the vendor and RETantenna model.

Information about the RET downtilt The RET downtilt is defined in the networkplan.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

403

Page 414: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l The RET antenna does not provide the file check function. If an incorrect RET dataconfiguration file is downloaded, the RET antenna may become unavailable.

l Calibrating the RET antenna is mandatory after the RET antenna is installed. If you skipthis step, the RET downtilt may be incorrect and the network coverage is affected.

l The RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after you reset or power off the RETantenna. After calibrating the RET antenna, you must set the RET downtilt again to ensurethat the downtilt is correct without affecting the network coverage.

l Setting an RET downtilt takes a maximum of 2 minutes.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The RET is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add an RET antenna.MML command: ADD RET

Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huaweifor technical support.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.MML command:DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is the same as thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 7 to download the RET data configuration file.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

404

Page 415: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If... Then...

The current RET softwareversion is different from thetarget RET softwareversion

Record the device number of the RET antenna, and performStep 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.MML command: DLD ALDSW

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the softwareof other RET antennas.

Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.

MML command: DSP RET

The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You mustdownload the data configuration file for each subunit.

2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA

If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multipleRET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.

Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.MML command: CLB RET

NOTE

If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and themapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run theMOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.

If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.

Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether theRET downtilt is calibrated successfully.1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.

MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA2. Set the RET downtilt.

MML command:MOD RETTILT

If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for otherRET antennas.

3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configureddowntilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT

Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. Ifovercurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB AlarmReference.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

405

Page 416: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

MML command: DSP RETPORT

----End

Commissioning the TMAThis section describes how to use MML commands to commission the tower-mounted amplifier(TMA). Commissioning the TMA aims to check whether the current TMA software version isthe same as the target TMA software version. If they are different, load the target TMA software.After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA automatically resets. The software then takes effectand the TMA starts working properly.

Prerequisitesl The TMA is installed correctly.l The TMA software is available.l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The FTP server functions properly and is properly connected to the eNodeB on the same

network segment.l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.

CAUTIONEnsure that there is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB. If a firewall is installedon the PC, disable it.

Context

l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.

If... Run...

The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT

The TMA is connected using the antenna porton the RRU or RFU

MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTEThe ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON andset current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, theALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

406

Page 417: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.MML command: SCN ALD

Step 3 Add a TMA.MML command: ADD TMA

Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.MML command: DSP TMASUBUNITl If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this

situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.

Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.MML command: DSP ALDVER

NOTE

You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.

If... Then...

The current TMA softwareversion is the same as thetarget TMA softwareversion

Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and performStep 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent orundercurrent alarms.

The current TMA softwareversion is different from thetarget TMA softwareversion

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.MML command: DLD ALDSW

Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software ofother TMAs.

Step 8 Set the TMA gain.MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT

If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to setthe gains for other TMAs.

Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT

If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeBAlarm Reference.

----End

Measuring the VSWRThis section describes how to measure the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) to verify theantenna system.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

407

Page 418: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Prerequisitesl The antenna system has been properly installed on the eNodeB.l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST RRU command to query the VSWR alarm threshold.

Step 2 Run the STR VSWRTEST command to start a VSWR test.

If... Then...

The test value is less thanthe VSWR alarm threshold

The antenna system is properly installed. End thecommissioning.

The test value is greaterthan or equal to the VSWRalarm threshold

The antenna system is not properly installed. Rectify the faultsby referring to the handling procedures for the VSWR alarm inthe eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End

4.6.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment onthe LMT

This section describes how to check the environment monitoring equipment on the LMT. Afterthe environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that itfunctions properly.

Setting Environment Alarm ParametersThis section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible rangeas required.

Prerequisitesl The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.l The environment monitoring equipment has been configured.l The DIP switches on the environment monitoring device are properly set. For details, see

the APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product Description,APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description and EMUAUser Guide.

ContextThe remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in theAPM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports.

The external environment alarm and the extended alarm port are already bound together. Fordetails, see Table 4-59.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

408

Page 419: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 4-59 Extended alarm ports

MO MML Command Description

AlmPort SET ALMPORT This command is used to set the input port ofenvironment signals.

If the alarm ID of an external environment alarm is predefined, the following steps can beskipped. For details about the predefined alarm IDs, see eNodeB Alarm Reference.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST ALMPORT command to check whether external alarm ports are configuredcorrectly, whether ports are enabled, and whether port types and alarm severities are the sameas the configured values.

Step 2 Run the SET ENVALMPARA command to set the name, severity, and event type of an externalenvironment alarm.

NOTE

ALM ID is configured when the external environmental alarm and the extended alarm port are bound.

----End

Checking for External Environment Alarms

This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting theparameters for environment alarms, you must verify the parameter settings by checking forexternal environment alarms.

ContextYou can manually trigger external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings. If theexternal environment alarms can be reported correctly, the parameter settings are correct.

Procedure

Step 1 Manually trigger external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix TriggeringMonitoring Device Alarms.

Step 2 Check for active alarms on the local maintenance terminal (LMT). For details, see 3.4.8Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT. If the external environment alarms can be reportedcorrectly, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is reported, resetthe parameters or contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

ExampleAssuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whetherthe parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

409

Page 420: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.

2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether waterdamage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settingsare correct.

4.6.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUsThis section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) orradio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.

Prerequisitesl The RRU or RFU is connected properly.

l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.

l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.

Context

The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.

If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands tomanually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one. If RRUs or RFUs are cascaded, set the maximumoutput power for the lowest-level RRU or RFU and then for other RRUs or RFUs to reduce theimpact on upper-level RRUs.

The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than themaximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmitchannel No. of the RRU or RFU.

Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by theRRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.

Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.

Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.

Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum outputpower for the RRU or RFU takes effect.

If... Then...

The maximum outputpower takes effect

No further action is required.

The maximum transmitpower fails to be set

Set the maximum output power within the power specificationssupported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output powerstill fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

410

Page 421: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEBefore returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTCcommand to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the settingto take effect.

----End

4.6.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMTThis section describes how to handle the alarms generated during the commissioning.

PrerequisitesThe LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 On the LMT, click the Alarm/Event button. The Alarm/Event tab page is displayed.

Step 2 Check for active alarms on the Engineering Alarm tab page under the Browse Alarm/Eventtab page.

If ... Then ...

No active alarm exists End the task.

Active alarms exist Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Double-click an active alarm. The Detailed Information dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Click Solution... to know the detailed information and alarm handling procedure. Clear the activealarm by following the alarm handling procedure.

----End

4.6.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMTThis section describes how to check the operating status of the eNodeB on the local maintenanceterminal (LMT).

PrerequisitesThe LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.

ContextTable 4-60 lists the eNodeB device checklist.

Table 4-60 eNodeB device checklist

Check Item Description

eNodeB type Check the eNodeB type in data configuration.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

411

Page 422: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Check Item Description

eNodeBsoftware version

Check the active eNodeB software, including the version and operatingstatus.

Hardware status Check the status of the radio frequency (RF) unit, receive channel,transmit channel, and boards.

Interface status Check the configuration related to IP paths, common public radiointerface (CPRI) ports, remote maintenance channels, E1/T1 ports,Ethernet ports, and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) linksof the eNodeB.

Cell status Check the cell status.

Active alarmquery

Check for active alarms of the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 On the LMT, click Self-Test. On the displayed Self-Test tab page, a man-machine language(MML) command script with the complete parameter settings is automatically imported to thecommand area.

Step 2 Click Execute. The execution result is displayed in the area below Execute.

NOTE

If all items pass the check, the eNodeB operates properly. Otherwise, check for active alarms and clear them. Ifall active alarms are cleared but the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.

----End

4.6.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeBThis section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.

Prerequisitesl The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.

Procedurel Test the web page browsing service.

Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.Perform the test 20 times.

Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

412

Page 423: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

l Test the file uploading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.

Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform thetest 10 times.

Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.

Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.

Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and noneof the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear withno loud noise.

----End

4.6.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeBThis section describes how to establish an operation and maintenance link (OML) between theM2000 and the eNodeB on the M2000 client.

Prerequisitesl The transmission link between the eNodeB and M2000 is functioning properly.

l The M2000 server and client are running properly.

l You have obtained the eNodeB information such as the name, IP address, version, andadministrative region of the eNodeB.

Context

To reduce maintenance workload, the M2000 enables you to create eNodeBs in batches in thetopology. For details, see Creating Multiple Physical NEs in the M2000 Online Help. Thissection describes the procedure for creating an eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Create an eNodeB in the topology.

1. On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab pageis displayed, as shown in Figure 4-60.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

413

Page 424: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 4-60 Main Topology tab page

2. In the Physical Root navigation tree or the physical view, right-click the subnet for the

eNodeB to be created and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. The Create NE dialogbox is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-61.

Figure 4-61 Create NE dialog box

3. In the Create NE dialog box, select the specific eNodeB from Access Network Series.4. Configure the eNodeB information in the right window of the dialog box.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

414

Page 425: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

5. Click OK to create the eNodeB.

NOTE

The Create NE Progress dialog box is displayed, indicating the NE creation progress. After the eNodeBis successfully created, the M2000 automatically obtains the eNodeB configuration information.

If the network connection between the M2000 and the created eNodeB is faulty, the eNodeB is stilldisplayed in the specified location in the topology. However, the eNodeB is disconnected and is shown

as .

6. Click Close to close the Progress dialog box.

Step 2 About 5 minutes later, observe the eNodeB icon on the Main Topology tab page.

If... Then...

The eNodeB icon is

The OML fails to be established. ContactHuawei for technical support.

The eNodeB icon is The OML is successfully established.

----End

4.6.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL ModeAfter eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.

Procedure

Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tabpage is displayed.

2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-clickQuery Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, theconfiguration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.

1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The MaintenanceMode tab page is displayed.

2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. TheSet Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the target NE and specify the time.

4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.

5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.

6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

415

Page 426: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTEThe alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 4 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

416

Page 427: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

5 Appendix

About This Chapter

This chapter describes how to encrypt files in a Universal Serial Bus (USB) storage device andprovides the eNodeB commissioning data sheet.

5.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code ScannerThis section describes how to bind the eNodeB using a bar code scanner, which involves printinga bar code, setting the bar code scanner, and using a bar code scanner to scan a bar code.

5.2 Triggering Monitoring Device AlarmsAfter setting monitoring device alarms, you must manually trigger the alarms to check whetherthe monitoring device can correctly report them. If the monitoring device can correctly reportthe alarms, the related settings are correct.

5.3 Checking the Status of IndicatorsThis section describes how to check the status of indicators to determine whether the eNodeBis running properly.

5.4 Configuring the Default Configuration FileThis section describes how to configure the default configuration file.

5.5 Encrypting Files in the USB Flash DriveIntegrity protection or encryption is required for the files in the USB flash drive to preventinformation leakage or unauthorized modification.

5.6 Data Sheet for eNodeB CommissioningThis section provides the data sheet that is used to record the process and results of the eNodeBcommissioning. The Data Sheet for Commissioning used at different sites may be different. Thistable serves as a reference only.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

417

Page 428: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

5.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code ScannerThis section describes how to bind the eNodeB using a bar code scanner, which involves printinga bar code, setting the bar code scanner, and using a bar code scanner to scan a bar code.

5.1.1 Printing a Bar Code on the M2000This section describes how to print a bar code on the M2000.

Prerequisitesl eNodeB IDs have been planned, and a deployment list has been imported to the M2000.

For details about how to import a deployment list, see Uploading Data Files.l A printer for printing bar codes has been ready and is communicating properly with the

M2000.

ContextBar codes are identified by the width of black and white bars. The resolution for printing barcodes must be set to 1200 DPI or a greater value to ensure that a bar code scanner can successfullyread bar codes. A professional bar code printer or a common laser printer can be used.

The M2000 supports the printing of Code39 and Code128 bar codes.

Figure 5-1 shows the process of binding the eNodeB using a bar code scanner.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

418

Page 429: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 5-1 Process of binding the eNodeB using a bar code scanner

Procedure

Step 1 In the iManager M2000, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB AutoDeployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure5-2.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

419

Page 430: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 5-2 eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box

Step 2 In the eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box, click the Deployment List tab. On theDeployment List tab page, select a list to be printed, right-click it, and then choose PrintBarcode from the shortcut menu. The Print Barcode dialog box is displayed, as shown inFigure 5-3.

In this dialog box, you can set BarCode Type and preview a print result.

Figure 5-3 Print Barcode dialog box

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

420

Page 431: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

NOTE

l You can print one deployment list separately or more deployment lists in batches.

l You can print only the information about one eNodeB ID on a bar code sheet.

Step 3 Click OK. The print page setup dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Select a correct printer, set print attributes, and then click OK.

----End

5.1.2 Setting a Bar Code ScannerThis section describes how to set a bar code scanner before you use a bar code scanner to bindthe eNodeB for the first time. The setting method of a bar code scanner varies with its model.For details, see the related operation guide. The following procedure uses a Honeywell 3800G(USB-type) bar code scanner as an example.

Prerequisitesl A personal computer (PC) is available.l A Honeywell 3800G (USB-type) bar code scanner with configurations before shipment is

available.l An electronic operation guide to the bar code scanner is available.

ContextThe bar code scanner must meet the following requirements:l Supporting Code128 and Code39 bar codes.l Supporting a USB port and low-speed interrupt transmission mode and complying with

general USB keyboard specifications.l Supporting plug-and-play. No driver is required for the operating systems such as Windows

XP and Windows 2003.l Supporting laser scanning.l Complying with Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).

Honeywell 3800G (USB port) bar code scanner is recommended.

NOTEYou need to set a bar code scanner only once before using it on eNodeBs.

Procedure

Step 1 Print the electronic operation guide on a piece of A4 paper to facilitate scanning of setting codes.

Step 2 Connect the bar code scanner to the PC through a USB port.

NOTE

Do not connect a bar code scanner that is not set to the eNodeB because this may result in abnormal eNodeBdata processing.

For details about how to check whether a bar code scanner is set, see step 4.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

421

Page 432: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 3 Scan the setting codes printed on the A4 paper.1. Scan the Standard Product Defaults code, as shown in Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4 Standard Product Defaults code

2. Scan the USB Keyboard (PC) code, as shown in Figure 5-5.

Figure 5-5 USB Keyboard (PC) code

3. Scan the Save code, as shown in Figure 5-6.

Figure 5-6 Save code

NOTETo prevent configured parameters from being lost, you are advised to scan the Save code once aftertwo parameters are configured.

4. Scan the Manual Trigger code, as shown in Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7 Manual Trigger code

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

422

Page 433: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

5. Scan the Add CR Suffix code, as shown in Figure 5-8.

Figure 5-8 Add CR Suffix code

6. Repeat step 3.c and save the parameter settings.

Step 4 Check whether the bar code scanner is set correctly.Remove the bar code scanner and reconnect it to the PC. Create a .txt file on the PC and openit. Scan a printed eNodeB ID using the bar code scanner and check whether a correct eNodeBID is displayed in the file. If an incorrect eNodeB ID is displayed, contact Huawei for technicalsupport.

----End

5.1.3 Binding the eNodeB by Scanning a Bar CodeThis section describes how to bind the eNodeB by scanning a bar code.

Prerequisitesl A bar code sheet containing bar code information is available.l The bar code information is consistent with the actual eNodeB information.l A bar code scanner is available.l The eNodeB has been powered onl The eNodeB communicates with the M2000 properly.

ContextAfter the bar code scanner scans a bar code successfully, the eNodeB reports the eNodeB ID onthe bar code to the M2000. If the eNodeB ID is consistent with that in the eNodeB deploymentlist on the M2000, the M2000 automatically binds the eNodeB.

Procedure

Step 1 Connect the bar code scanner to the USB port on the main control board.

NOTE

l You can scan a bar code about 10s after the indicator on the bar code scanner turns on.

l Ensure that the scanner camera is less than 30 cm away from the bar code.

Step 2 Use the bar code scanner to read the eNodeB ID on the bar code to the eNodeB.

After the eNodeB obtains the eNodeB ID, the bar code scanner emits a sound and its laserindicator turns off. In addition, you can check whether the eNodeB binding is successful by

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

423

Page 434: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

viewing the RUN indicator on the main control board and checking download of the softwarepackage. For details, see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Step 3 Remove the bar code scanner after the bar code is successfully scanned.

NOTE

l If one of the following problems occurs, replace the hardware as follows:

l If the bar code scanner is faulty, replace the bar code scanner and scan the bar code again.

l If the bar code is damaged, print the bar code and scan the bar code again.

l If the bar code scanner cannot be connected to the eNodeB, check whether the USB port on theeNodeB main control board is functioning properly. If the USB port is faulty, replace the maincontrol board and scan the bar code again.

l If the hardware functions properly but the eNodeB does not download the software package from theM2000 after scanning, perform the following operations:

l If binding the eNodeB fails because an incorrect eNodeB ID is scanned and the eNodeB cannotfind the corresponding configuration, the eNodeB fails to establish an OML. When this occurs,scan the correct eNodeB ID.

l If an incorrect eNodeB ID is scanned and used to establish an OML, and if the eNodeB binds theM2000 server to the O&M IP address, the eNodeB with a correct eNodeB ID fails to be deployed.When this occurs, download correct configuration and then scan the correct eNodeB ID fordeployment.

----End

5.2 Triggering Monitoring Device AlarmsAfter setting monitoring device alarms, you must manually trigger the alarms to check whetherthe monitoring device can correctly report them. If the monitoring device can correctly reportthe alarms, the related settings are correct.

5.2.1 Triggering PMU AlarmsPower monitoring unit (PMU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.

Prerequisitesl The PMU is running properly.l PMU parameters are set correctly.

ContextDiesel generator or solar device alarms can be triggered only when a diesel generator or a solardevice is configured.

Procedurel Trigger PMU alarms. For details, see Table 5-1.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

424

Page 435: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 5-1 Triggering PMU alarms

Alarm ID AlarmName

AlarmTriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25672 BurglarAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Run the MOD PMU command withGS_DISABLE(Gating SensorDisabled) in the Special BooleanAlarm Flag selected.

2. Install the door status sensor properlyand keep the cabinet door open formore than 10s.

25670 WaterAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Run the MOD PMU command withWS_DISABLE(Water-ImmersedSensor Disabled) in the SpecialBoolean Alarm Flag selected.

2. Install the water sensor properly andimmerse the water sensor or its probein water for more than 10s.

25671 SmokeAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Run the MOD PMU command withSS_DISABLE(Smog SensorDisabled) in the Special BooleanAlarm Flag selected.

2. Install the smoke sensor properly andproduce smoke around the smokesensor for more than 30s. Generally,smoke alarms are difficult to trigger.

NOTEYou must clear smoke alarms manually.

25600 Monitoring DeviceMaintenance LinkFailure

None Keep the communication cabledisconnected from the COM-IN port onthe FMU for 1 minute.

25622 MainsInput OutofThreshold

l AC VoltageAlarm UpperThreshold

l AC VoltageAlarm LowerThreshold

1. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the current AC voltage.

2. Run the LST PMU command toquery the upper and lower thresholdsfor AC voltage alarms.

3. Run the MOD PMU command withAC Voltage Alarm UpperThreshold set to a value 10 V lessthan the current AC voltage or ACVoltage Alarm Lower Thresholdset to a value 10 V greater than thecurrent AC voltage. Then, wait formore than 10s.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

425

Page 436: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

AlarmTriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25628 AC SurgeProtectorFault

None l Disconnect the alarm cable from alightning rod that can be maintainedindependently.

l Use a faulty lightning rod that cannotbe maintained independently.

25621 PowerSupplyDCOutputOut ofRange

l DC VoltageAlarm UpperThreshold

l DC VoltageAlarm LowerThreshold

1. Run the LST PMU command toquery the lower threshold for DCvoltage alarms.

2. Run the MOD PMU command tochange the lower threshold for DCvoltage alarms to 51.4 V. (Thedefault threshold is 45 V.)

3. Turn off the AC power supply anduse batteries to supply power.

4. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the busbar voltage until thebusbar voltage is less than the lowerthreshold for DC voltage alarms.

25623 LoadDisconnect

l LoadShutdownFlag

l LoadShutdownVoltage

1. Run the LST PMU command toquery the load shutdown flag andload shutdown voltage. (This alarmcan be tested together with the PowerSupply DC Output Out of Rangealarm.)

2. Run the MOD PMU command withLoad Shutdown Flag set toENABLE and the load shutdownvoltage (default value: 44 V) set 51.3V. (This alarm can be tested togetherwith the Power Supply DC OutputOut of Range alarm.)

3. Turn off the AC power supply anduse batteries to supply power.

4. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the busbar voltage until thebusbar voltage is less than the loadshutdown voltage.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

426

Page 437: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

AlarmTriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25624 BatteryPowerUnavailable (batteryalarm:Batteriesmust beconfigured.)

l ShutdownTemperature

l ShutdownVoltage

1. Run the LST BATTERY commandto query the low voltage shutdownflag and shutdown voltage.

2. Run the MOD BATTERYcommand with Low VoltageShutdown Flag set to ENABLE andthe shutdown voltage (default value:43 V) set to 51 V. (This alarm can betested together with the PowerSupply DC Output Out of Rangealarm.)

3. Turn off the AC power supply anduse batteries to supply power.

4. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the busbar voltage until thebusbar voltage is less than theshutdown voltage.

25625 BatteryCurrentOut ofRange(batteryalarm:Batteriesmust beconfigured.)

None Turn off batteries for more than 1minute. For new batteries, you areadvised to turn off the AC power supplyand test this alarm about 5 minutes afterthe batteries discharge.

25630 PowerModuleandMonitoring ModuleCommunicationFailure(PSUalarm: APSU mustbeconfigured.)

None 1. Run the LST PSU command to querythe PSU status.

2. Keep the PSU disconnected for morethan 10s. For example, if PSUs inslots 1 and 2 are configured on theLMT, remove the PSU in slot 1 or 2.If the PSU in slot 3 is removed, thisalarm cannot be triggered. Inaddition, ensure that the systempower is sufficient after you removea PSU.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

427

Page 438: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

AlarmTriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25626 PowerModuleAbnormal(PSUalarm: APSU mustbeconfigured.)

None Use a small rod to stop the PSU fan untilthe indicator on the PSU turns yellow orred. Ensure that the system power issufficient after you remove a PSU.

25652 CabinetTemperatureUnacceptable

l CabinetTemperatureAlarm UpperThreshold

l CabinetTemperatureAlarm LowerThreshold

1. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the current cabinettemperature.

2. Run the LST PMU command toquery the upper and lower thresholdsfor cabinet temperature alarms.

3. Run the MOD PMU command withCabinet Temperature AlarmUpper Threshold set to a value 5°Cless than the current cabinettemperature or CabinetTemperature Alarm LowerThreshold set to a value 5°C greaterthan the current cabinet temperature.Then, wait for more than 10s.

25653 CabinetHumidityunacceptable

l CabinetHumidityAlarm UpperThreshold

l CabinetTemperatureAlarm LowerThreshold

1. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the current cabinet humidity.

2. Run the LST PMU command toquery the upper and lower thresholdsfor cabinet humidity alarms.

3. Run the MOD PMU command withCabinet Humidity Alarm UpperThreshold set to a value 10% lessthan the current cabinet relativehumidity (RH) or CabinetHumidity Alarm LowerThreshold set to a value 10% greaterthan the current cabinet RH. Then,wait for more than 10s.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

428

Page 439: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

AlarmTriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25654 BatteryTemperatureUnacceptable(batteryalarm:Batteriesmust beconfigured inadvance.)

l TemperatureAlarm UpperThreshold

l TemperatureAlarm LowerThreshold

1. Run the DSP PMU command toquery the current batterytemperature.

2. Run the LST BATTERY commandto query the upper and lowerthresholds for battery temperaturealarms.

3. Run the MOD BATTERYcommand with TemperatureAlarm Upper Threshold set to avalue 5°C less than the currentbattery temperature or TemperatureAlarm Lower Threshold set to avalue 5°C greater than the currentbattery temperature. Then, wait formore than 10s.

25602 SensorFailure

Special AnalogAlarm Flag

If no sensor is connected, run the MODPMU command with the temperature orhumidity sensor option in SpecialAnalog Alarm Flag.

25631 Load FuseBroken

None Remove the load fuse.

25632 BatteryCabinHeaterFault

None Use a faulty battery compartment heater.

25633 PMUInternalInterfaceCommunicationFailure

None Remove the communication cablebetween the PMU and the sensor signalboard.

25634 BatteryNot InPosition

None 1. Do not connect batteries to the powersupply system.

2. Power on the power system and runthe ADD BATTERY command toadd batteries. Then, wait for morethan 1 minute.

25601 Monitoring DeviceHardwareFault

None Use a faulty monitoring board. (Exercisecaution when triggering this alarm.)

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

429

Page 440: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

----End

5.2.2 Triggering FMU AlarmsFan monitoring unit (FMU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.

Prerequisitesl The FMU is running properly.l FMU parameters have been correctly set.

ContextNo burglar, water, smoke, or external Boolean alarm is available for indoor eNodeBs.

Procedurel Trigger FMU alarms. For details, see Table 5-2.

Table 5-2 FMU alarm triggering

AlarmID

AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25672 BurglarAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Enter the MOD FMU command withthe GS_DISABLE(Gating SensorDisabled) check box in the SpecialBoolean Alarm Flag drop-down listbox cleared.

2. Install the door status sensor properlyand keep the cabinet door open formore than 10s.

25670 WaterAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Run the MOD FMU command withthe WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed Sensor Disabled) checkbox in the Special Boolean AlarmFlag drop-down list box cleared.

2. Install the water sensor properly andimmerse the sensor probe or thewater sensor in water for more than10s.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

430

Page 441: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

AlarmID

AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value or TriggeringMethod

25671 SmokeAlarm

Special BooleanAlarm Flag

1. Run the MOD FMU command withthe SS_DISABLE(Smog SensorDisabled) check box in the SpecialBoolean Alarm Flag drop-down listbox cleared.

2. Install the smoke sensor properly andgenerate smoke around the smokesensor for more than 30s (smokealarms are generally difficult totrigger).

NOTESmoke alarms must be manually cleared.

25600 MonitoringDeviceMaintenanceLinkFailure

None Remove the communication cable fromthe COM_IN port on the PMU for 1minute.

25602 SensorFailure

Special AnalogAlarm Flag

Remove the temperature sensor from theTEMP port on the FMU.

25673 FanStalled

None Remove a normal fan.

25656 CabinetAir InletTemperatureUnacceptable

Upper threshold forcabinet air inlettemperature alarms(60° by default) andlower threshold forcabinet air inlettemperature alarms(-20° by default)

Trigger the cabinet air inlet temperatureto be greater than the upper threshold orto be less than the lower threshold (thisalarm is difficult to trigger because theupper and lower thresholds cannot bechanged).

25655 CabinetAirOutletTemperatureUnacceptable

Upper threshold forcabinet air outlettemperature alarms(80° by default) andlower threshold forcabinet air outlettemperature alarms(-20° by default)

Trigger the cabinet air outlet temperatureto be greater than the upper threshold orto be less than the lower threshold (thisalarm is difficult to trigger because theupper and lower thresholds cannot bechanged).

25601 MonitoringDeviceHardware Fault

None Use a faulty monitoring board (exercisecaution when performing thisoperation).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

431

Page 442: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

----End

5.2.3 Triggering TCU AlarmsTemperature control unit (TCU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.

Prerequisitesl The TCU is running properly.l TCU parameters have been correctly set.

Procedurel Trigger TCU alarms. For details, see Table 5-3.

Table 5-3 TCU alarm triggering

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25672 BurglarAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Enter the MOD TCU commandwith the GS_DISABLE(Gating Sensor Disabled)check box in the SpecialBoolean Alarm Flag drop-down list box cleared.

2. Install the door status sensorproperly and keep the cabinetdoor open for more than 10s.

25670 WaterAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Run the MOD TCU commandwith the WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) check box in theSpecial Boolean Alarm Flagdrop-down list box cleared.

2. Install the water sensor properlyand immerse the sensor probe orthe water sensor in water formore than 10s.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

432

Page 443: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25671 SmokeAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Run the MOD TCU commandwith the SS_DISABLE(SmogSensor Disabled) check box inthe Special Boolean AlarmFlag drop-down list box cleared.

2. Install the smoke sensorproperly and generate smokearound the smoke sensor formore than 30s (smoke alarmsare generally difficult totrigger).

NOTESmoke alarms must be manuallycleared.

25628 AC SurgeProtectorFault

None l Disconnect the alarm cable froma surge protector that can beindependently maintained.

l Use a faulty surge protector thatcannot be independentlymaintained.

25600 Monitoring DeviceMaintenance LinkFailure

None Keep the communication cabledisconnected from the COM_INport on the TCU for 1 minute.

25601 Monitoring DeviceHardwareFault

None Use a faulty monitoring board(exercise caution when performingthis operation).

25602 SensorFailure

Special Analog AlarmFlag

Remove the temperature sensorfrom the TEMP port on the TCU.

25655 CabinetAir OutletTemperatureUnacceptable

Upper threshold forcabinet air outlettemperature alarms(80° by default) andlower threshold forcabinet air outlettemperature alarms(-20° by default)

1. Run the DSP TCU command toquery the current air outlettemperature.

2. Run the MOD TCU commandto set the upper threshold forcabinet air outlet temperaturealarms to be less than the currentair outlet temperature or thelower threshold for cabinet airoutlet temperature alarms to begreater than the current air outlettemperature.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

433

Page 444: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25673 FanStalled

None Remove a normal fan.

----End

5.2.4 Triggering EMU AlarmsEnvironment monitoring unit (EMU) alarms include infrared, water, and smoke alarms.

Prerequisitesl The EMU is running properly.l EMU parameters have been correctly set.

ContextTo trigger EMU alarms, turn on the related alarm switches.

Procedurel Trigger EMU alarms. For details, see Table 5-4.

Table 5-4 EMU alarm triggering

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25672 BurglarAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Enter the MOD EMUcommand with theGS_DISABLE(GatingSensor Disabled) checkbox in the Special BooleanAlarm Flag drop-down listbox cleared.

2. Install the door statussensor properly and keepthe cabinet door open formore than 10s.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

434

Page 445: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25672 BurglarAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Run the MOD EMUcommand with theIS_DISABLE(InfraredSensor Disabled) checkbox in the Special BooleanAlarm Flag drop-down listbox cleared.

2. l Install the infraredsensor properly andmove in its monitoringarea.

l Do not install theinfrared sensor andshort-circuit the infraredsensor port.

25670 WaterAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Run the MOD EMUcommand with theWS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed SensorDisabled) check box in theSpecial Boolean AlarmFlag drop-down list boxcleared.

2. Install the water sensorproperly and immerse thesensor probe or the watersensor in water for morethan 10s.

25671 SmokeAlarm

Special Boolean AlarmFlag

1. Run the MOD EMUcommand with theSS_DISABLE(SmogSensor Disabled) checkbox in the Special BooleanAlarm Flag drop-down listbox cleared.

2. Install the smoke sensorproperly and generatesmoke around the smokesensor for more than 30s(smoke alarms aregenerally difficult totrigger).

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

435

Page 446: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Alarm ID AlarmName

Alarm TriggeringParameter

Default Alarm Value orTriggering Method

25651 AmbientHumidityUnacceptable

Ambient humidity 1. Run the LST EMUcommand to query thethreshold for ambienthumidity alarms.

2. Run the DSP EMUcommand to query thecurrent ambient humidity.

3. Run the MOD EMUcommand to set thethreshold for ambienthumidity alarms to begreater than or less than thecurrent ambient humidity.

25650 AmbientTemperatureUnacceptable

Ambient temperature 1. Run the LST EMUcommand to query thethreshold for ambienttemperature alarms.

2. Run the DSP EMUcommand to query thecurrent ambienttemperature.

3. Run the MOD EMUcommand to set thethreshold for ambienttemperature alarms to begreater than or less than thecurrent ambienttemperature.

25600 MonitoringDeviceMaintenanceLinkFailure

None Keep the communication cabledisconnected from theCOM_IN port on the EMU for1 minute.

NOTEBurglar, infrared, and smoke alarms must be manually cleared.

----End

5.3 Checking the Status of IndicatorsThis section describes how to check the status of indicators to determine whether the eNodeBis running properly.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

436

Page 447: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Context

Indicator status of the functional eNodeB

If the status of the indicators on the boards or auxiliary devices is the same as that shown inTable 5-5, the eNodeB is running properly.

Table 5-5 Indicator status of the functional eNodeB

Indicator Status

RUN indicator on each board in the BBU Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

Status of the ALM indicators on the LMPT,UMPT, LBBP, UTRP, PMU, AFMU andEMUA

Off

STATE indicator on the FAN of theBBU3900

Blinking green

CPRI indicator on the LBBP Steady green

ACT indicator on the LMPT/UMPT Steady on

VSWR indicator on the RRU/RFU Off

Indicator on the USB flash drive Steady on

Indicator status for common faults

Figure 5-9 shows the indicator status for common faults.

Figure 5-9 Indicator status for common faults

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

437

Page 448: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Check the indicator on each board in the BBU.1. Check the RUN indicator on each board.

If the RUNIndicator Is...

It Indicates that... Then...

Blinking (on for 1sand off for 1s)

The board is runningproperly.

Go to Step 1.2.

Steady on The board is startingup.

Wait until the board startup iscomplete.

Blinking (on for0.125s and off for0.125s)

The board is loadingsoftware, or the boardis in the incorrect slot.

Wait 5 minutes and then check thestatus of the RUN indicator again.If the RUN indicator is still blinking(on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s),check whether the board is inserted intothe correct slot. If not, reinstall theboard.

Off The power supply isunavailable, or theboard is faulty.

l Check whether the eNodeB hasbeen powered on. If not, power onthe eNodeB.

l Reinstall the board to checkwhether the fault is rectified. If thefault persists, replace the board.

2. Check the ALM indicators on the LMPT, UMPT, LBBP and UTRP.

If the ALMIndicator Is...

It Indicates that... Then...

Off The LMPT, UMPT,LBBP and UTRP arefunctioning properly.

Go to Step 1.3.

Steady on The LMPT, UMPT,LBBP or UTRP isfaulty.

Reinstall the board to check whetherthe fault is rectified. If the fault persists,replace the board.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

438

Page 449: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the ALMIndicator Is...

It Indicates that... Then...

Blinking An alarm is generated,and the alarm may becaused by anassociated board orport fault. Therefore,you must identify thefault before replacingthe board.

l Check whether the RUN indicatorson the other boards are blinkingquickly.– If the RUN indicator on the

EMUA is blinking quickly,check the RS485 signal cableconnection.

– Check the RUN indicators onthe LMPT, UMPT andLBBP.

l Check the connection between thedry contact alarm signal cable andthe corresponding port on theUPEU.

l Reinstall the LBBP, LMPT andUMPT to check whether the fault isrectified.

l If the GPS antenna system isconfigured, check whether it isproperly connected.

3. Check the STATE indicator on the FAN.

If the STATEIndicator Is...

It Indicates that... Then...

Blinking green The module isfunctioning properly.

Go to Step 1.4.

Blinking red The module is faulty. Reinstall the board to check whetherthe fault is rectified. If the faultpersists, replace the board.

4. Check the CPRI indicator on the LBBP.

If the CPRI IndicatorIs...

It Indicates that... Then...

Steady green The common public radiointerface (CPRI) link isfunctional, and the RRUand LRFU are functional.

Go to Step 1.5.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

439

Page 450: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the CPRI IndicatorIs...

It Indicates that... Then...

Red indicator off The optical module is notconfigured properly orpowered on, or no cable isconnected to the opticalmodule. Or the indicator isfaulty.

If the RRU or LRFU isconnected to this port,check whether theinstallation conforms to theconfiguration plan.l If the installation does

not conform to theconfiguration plan,reinstall the RRUaccording to theconfiguration plan.

l If the installationconforms to theconfiguration plan,replace the boards.

Steady red The optical module doesnot receive or send datacorrectly, the CPRIconnection is faulty, or theoptical cable is broken.

Handle the alarm accordingto the related suggestions.For details, see eNodeBAlarm Reference

Blinking red (on for 1s andoff for 1s)

The CPRI link is out oflock, or the RRU or LRFUon the CPRI link reportsVSWR alarms.

If the ACT indicator is inthe testing state (on for 1sand off for 1s), handle thealarm according to therelated suggestions. If theACT indicator is not in thetesting state, the CPRI linkis unlocked due to dual-clock-source lock orincompatible CPRI rate.For details, see the eNodeBAlarm Reference.

Blinking red (on for 0.25sand off for 0.25s)

The RRU or LRFUhardware on the CPRI linkis faulty.

Handle the alarm accordingto the related suggestions,see eNodeB AlarmReference

5. Check the ACT indicators on the LMPT and UMPT.

If the ACT Indicator Is... It Indicates that... Then...

Steady on The board is runningproperly.

Go to Step 2.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

440

Page 451: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

If the ACT Indicator Is... It Indicates that... Then...

Off The board is not activated. l Check whether theeNodeB is powered on.If not, power on theboard.

l Check whether theboard is configured. Ifnot, configure theboard.

l Check whether theboard is manuallyblocked. If it is, unblockthe board.

Blinking at 4 Hz (on for0.125s and off for 0.125s)

The OM channel is faulty. Check the OM channel andrectify the fault.

Blinking at 4 Hz (blinkingfor 2s and off for 2s,blinking for 2s means on for0.125s and off for 0.125s.)

The service is not ready. l Check the cell status. Ifthe cell is not activated,activate the cell. If theCell Unavailable alarmis generated, handle thealarm according to therelated suggestions.

l Check whether the S1interface is normal. Ifnot, handle the alarmaccording to the relatedsuggestions.

Step 2 Check the ALM indicator on the PMU, AFMU or EMUA.

If the ALMIndicator Is...

It Indicates that... Then...

Off The module or thedevice is functioningproperly.

The check is complete.

Steady on The module or thedevice is faulty.

Reinstall the module or power on thedevice again to check whether the fault iscleared.If the fault persists, record the fault andthe indicator status in the Data Sheet forCommissioning. Then, clear the fault onthe LMT or M2000.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

441

Page 452: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

5.4 Configuring the Default Configuration FileThis section describes how to configure the default configuration file.

Procedure

Step 1 Enter the board software package name.

In the PRECONFIG of the default configuration file, enter the board software package namebased on the format ALL=XXXX.

NOTE.

l XXXX indicates the board software package name.

l Querying the board software package name: The board software package name corresponding to aboard type can be queried by checking the notes in the default configuration file. The notes in thedefault configuration file are classified based on the format ;AAAA:BBBB. BBBB indicates the boardtype. AAAA indicates the corresponding board software package name. For example, in thenote ;LRRUFDD:LRFU,RRU3808,RRU3201/RRU3203, the board software package name ofRRU3201 is LRRUFDD.

l If multiple board software packages are downloaded, use the character "|" to separate the names. Forexample, ALL=1800|LRRUFDD..

Step 2 Enter the LMT complete package downloading information in WEBLMT.

NOTEThe value of WEBLMT can only be YES or NO (case-insensitive). If the value is YES, the LMPT supportsthe download of the LMT complete package by using a USB flash drive. If the value isNO, the LMPT doesnot support the download of the LMT complete package by using a USB flash drive.

----End

5.5 Encrypting Files in the USB Flash DriveIntegrity protection or encryption is required for the files in the USB flash drive to preventinformation leakage or unauthorized modification.

Prerequisitesl The files in the USB flash drive are ready.

l The USB security protection tool is ready, which is available in M2000 installationfolder \client\client\USBProtector on the computer where the M2000 client is installed.

Context

The USB security protection tool performs integrity protection or encryption on selected filesor files in the specified folder. After integrity protection or encryption is performed, theUSBConf.xml file is generated in the USB flash drive. The file name is unchangeable.

You can encrypt files in the USB flash drive as required.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

442

Page 453: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Copy the files in the USB flash drive to a computer where the USB security protection tool isinstalled.

NOTE

The file hierarchy in the computer must be the same as that in the USB flash drive.

The tool directly performs integrity protection and encryption on the files. Therefore, back up the files tobe encrypted and protected beforehand.

Step 2 Use the USB security protection tool to perform integrity protection or encryption on the filesin the computer.

NOTEThe software package, hot patch, cold patch, and BootROM package cannot be encrypted or protected.

1. Start the USB security protection tool, as shown in Figure 5-10.

Figure 5-10 USB security protection tool

2. On the menu bar, choose Setting > Set Security Policies. In the displayed dialog box, set

the encryption algorithm and protection algorithm, and specify the path for saving thegenerated file USBConf.xml, as shown in Figure 5-11. The generated file is in the path E:\.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

443

Page 454: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 5-11 Set Security Policies dialog box

NOTE

l The Encryption Algorithm in the Protection Algorithm supports3DES, AES192 andAES256, The Integrity Algorithm supports HMAC_SHA1 and HMAC_SHA256.

l Protection Algorithm can be set to any value. The default value is recommended.

3. On the menu bar, choose Setting > Set USB Root Directory to set the USB root path.

For example, the eNodeB folder under the USB root path contains the file for protection.The folder is copied to E:\ of the PC to be protected. In this case, E:\ eNodeB is consideredas the USB root path.

4. In the window of the USB security protection tool, click Add Files to add files to beprotected or encrypted. Choose files in the configured USB root path, as shown in Figure5-12.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

444

Page 455: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 5-12 Add Files

5. Click Execute Protection to perform encryption and integrity protection on the added files.

NOTEIf the Is Encrypted: Index check box before the number indicating a file is selected, the file isencrypted and integrity protected. If the serial number is not selected, only integrity protection isperformed on the file.

Step 3 Delete all files from the USB flash drive. Then, copy the protected or encrypted files to the USBflash drive based on the original file hierarchy. For example, if the root path is E:\ eNodeB, copythe eNodeB folder to the USB flash drive. Copy the USBConf.xml file to the path usb:\eNodeB\USBConf.xml. The path name is case-sensitive.

After integrity protection or encryption is performed on the USB flash drive, you cannot deletethe file USBConf.xml. If you delete it, the eNodeB cannot download files from the USB flashdrive.

----End

5.6 Data Sheet for eNodeB CommissioningThis section provides the data sheet that is used to record the process and results of the eNodeBcommissioning. The Data Sheet for Commissioning used at different sites may be different. Thistable serves as a reference only.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

445

Page 456: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Table 5-6 Data sheet for eNodeB commissioning

eNodeBname

eNodeBID

eNodeBType

ESN

CommissioningTime

CommissioningEngineer

CommissioningResult

□ Successful; □ Failed

Commissioning Item Conclusion

Handling Exceptions

CommissioningPrerequisites

Faults in eNodeB hardwareinstallation are rectified.

□ Yes;□ No

Negotiation data of theeNodeB to be commissioned isadded to the MME/S-GW.

□ Yes;□ No

RemoteeNodeBCommissioning ontheM2000

PreparationPhase

The informationregarding the eNodeB,such as name, ID, andESN, is reported.

□ Yes;□ No

The eNodeB ispowered on.

□ Yes;□ No

The eNodeB softwareand related filesrequired for automaticdeployment are ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The digital certificateis ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The securityequipment is ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The USB storagedevice is ready.

□ Yes;□ No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

446

Page 457: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Remoteendof theeNodeB

The ESN is bound. □ Yes;□ No

The automaticeNodeBcommissioning task iscomplete.

□ Yes;□ No

The eNodeBcommissioning reportis obtained.

□ Yes;□ No

The running status ofthe eNodeB is normal.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of theexternal environmentalarm is correct.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of thebasic services iscorrect.

□ Yes;□ No

LocaleNodeBCommissioningThroughthe USBStorageDevice

PreparationPhase

The informationregarding the eNodeB,such as name, ID, andESN, is reported.

□ Yes;□ No

The digital certificateis ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The securityequipment is ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The USB storagedevice is ready.

□ Yes;□ No

Localendof theeNodeB

The software and dataconfiguration file areloaded through theUSB storage device.

□ Yes;□ No

The eNodeB is reset. □ Yes;□ No

The indicator status isnormal.

□ Yes;□ No

Remoteendof theeNodeB

The ESN is bound. □ Yes;□ No

The automaticeNodeBcommissioning task iscomplete.

□ Yes;□ No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

447

Page 458: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

The eNodeBcommissioning reportis obtained.

□ Yes;□ No

The running status ofthe eNodeB is normal.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of theexternal environmentalarm is correct.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of thebasic services iscorrect.

□ Yes;□ No

LocaleNodeBCommissioning onthe LMT

PreparationPhase

The informationregarding the eNodeB,such as name, ID, andESN, is reported.

□ Yes;□ No

The digital certificateis ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The securityequipment is ready.

□ Yes;□ No

The digital certificateis downloadedsuccessfully.

□ Yes;□ No

Localendof theeNodeB

The software and dataconfiguration file areloaded through theLMT.

□ Yes;□ No

The software isupgraded to the targetversion.

□ Yes;□ No

All the active alarmsare cleared.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of theexternal environmentalarm is correct.

□ Yes;□ No

The running status ofthe eNodeB is normal.

□ Yes;□ No

The test result of thebasic services iscorrect.

□ Yes;□ No

Remoteend

The ESN is bound. □ Yes;□ No

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

448

Page 459: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

of theeNodeB

The OM channel isestablished.

□ Yes;□ No

Problem Description Impact

UnsolvedProblemsAfterCommissioning

Component P/N

FaultyBoardRecord

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 5 Appendix

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

449

Page 460: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

6 FAQ

About This Chapter

This chapter describes some common problems and solutions during commissioning.

6.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash DriveFor eNodeB commissioning in hybrid mode using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drivelocally and the M2000 remotely, eNodeB fails to identify the USB flash drive if the USBindicator is off after the eNodeB is powered on and the USB flash drive is inserted.

6.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash DriveAfter the eNodeB is powered on for about 5 minutes, observe the RUN indicator on the LTEmain processing and transmission unit (LMPT) and Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash driveindicator. If the RUN indicator does not blink (on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s) and the USBflash drive indicator is off, the eNodeB fails to read files in the USB flash drive.

6.3 Failing to Activate the SoftwareAfter the eNodeB deployment is complete, log in to the eNodeB on the Web local maintenanceterminal (LMT). Then run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to check the eNodeB versioninformation. If the backup software version is the target version, the eNodeB succeeds indownloading the software but fails to activate the software.

6.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the Default Configuration FileAfter the eNodeB is deployed using a USB flash drive, the eNodeB does not download the boardsoftware based on the board information configured in the default configuration file. Forexample, based on the default configuration file, the Web LMT complete package should havebeen downloaded. However, if you find a minimum LMT package was downloaded after loggingin to the eNodeB on the Web LMT, the eNodeB failed to download the software based on thedefault configuration file.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

450

Page 461: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

6.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash DriveFor eNodeB commissioning in hybrid mode using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drivelocally and the M2000 remotely, eNodeB fails to identify the USB flash drive if the USBindicator is off after the eNodeB is powered on and the USB flash drive is inserted.

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether the eNodeB is working properly by observing the eNodeB indicator. For details,see 5.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.

Step 2 Ensure that the USB flash drive is correctly inserted into the USB port on the LTE mainprocessing and transmission unit (LMPT). If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure6-1. If a UMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 6-2.

Figure 6-1 USB port on the LMPT

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

451

Page 462: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Figure 6-2 USB port on the UMPT

Step 3 Remove the USB flash drive and then power off the eNodeB. After about 1 minute, power onthe eNodeB and insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on the LMPT.

----End

6.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash DriveAfter the eNodeB is powered on for about 5 minutes, observe the RUN indicator on the LTEmain processing and transmission unit (LMPT) and Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash driveindicator. If the RUN indicator does not blink (on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s) and the USBflash drive indicator is off, the eNodeB fails to read files in the USB flash drive.

Procedure

Step 1 Ensure that the USB flash drive meets requirements in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive

Tool Description

USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicatesthe data transmission status.

l Capacity ≥ 256 MBl Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,

such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. Inaddition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smartphone.

l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used forother purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those withChinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

452

Page 463: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Step 2 Ensure that the version software package and data configuration files are named correctly andsaved in correct paths.l In scenarios without the security gateway (SeGW), see Preparing a USB Flash Drive for

Local Commissioning.l In scenarios with the SeGW, see Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local

Commissioning.

Step 3 Remove the USB flash drive and then power off the eNodeB. After about 1 minute, power onthe eNodeB and insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on the LMPT.

----End

6.3 Failing to Activate the SoftwareAfter the eNodeB deployment is complete, log in to the eNodeB on the Web local maintenanceterminal (LMT). Then run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to check the eNodeB versioninformation. If the backup software version is the target version, the eNodeB succeeds indownloading the software but fails to activate the software.

ProcedureStep 1 Local commissioning using a USB flash drive in combination with remote commissioning on

the M20001. Ensure that the version software package and data configuration files are named correctly

and saved in correct paths.l In scenarios without the security gateway (SeGW), see Preparing a USB Flash Drive

for Local Commissioning.l In scenarios with the SeGW, see Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local

Commissioning.2. Remove the USB flash drive and then power off the eNodeB. After about 1 minute, power

on the eNodeB and insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on the LMPT. Redeploythe eNodeB.

Step 2 Remote eNodeB commissioning on the M2000Ensure that the version in the eNodeB deployment list is consistent with the target version. If itis inconsistent with the target version, change the eNodeB deployment list according to the targetversion and then redeploy the eNodeB.

----End

6.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the DefaultConfiguration File

After the eNodeB is deployed using a USB flash drive, the eNodeB does not download the boardsoftware based on the board information configured in the default configuration file. Forexample, based on the default configuration file, the Web LMT complete package should havebeen downloaded. However, if you find a minimum LMT package was downloaded after loggingin to the eNodeB on the Web LMT, the eNodeB failed to download the software based on thedefault configuration file.

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

453

Page 464: eNodeB Commissioning Guide v100r005c0004

Procedure

Step 1 Check the information in and saving path of the default configuration file. If they are incorrect,modify the default configuration file.l In scenarios without the security gateway (SeGW), see Preparing a USB Flash Drive for

Local Commissioning.l In scenarios with the SeGW, see Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local

Commissioning.

Step 2 Check whether the default configuration file is integrity protected. If it is not integrity protected,see 5.5 Encrypting Files in the USB Flash Drive.

Step 3 Delete the board information not to be downloaded from the default configuration file.

Step 4 Check the software version in the USB flash drive and ensure the target version is not the sameas the active version.

NOTEIf the target version is the same as the active version, the eNodeB does not read the default configurationfile in the USB flash drive, which leads to the failure of downloading.

----End

eNodeBCommissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Issue 04 (2012-06-29) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

454